Home

C-Class - Mercedes Benz USA

1. gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit USA only the red erake brake system warning lamp also lights up while the engine is running gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily not opera tional Possible causes are e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt
2. gt Press the button on the steer ing wheel OK or p gt Switch on the ignition gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe A or W button on the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu and press OK to confirm gt Pressthe A or W button on the steer ing wheel to select the ASSYST PLUS sub menu and press OK to confirm The service due date appears in the multi function display Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service interval display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset this set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work must be carried out more fre quently for example
3. You can store your stations in Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio Further information on navigation can be found in the Satellite radio section in the separate Audio 20 or COMAND operating instructions Media menu Changing the media source You can change the media source and play back mode audio video or TV at any time in the Media menu gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Media menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt To open close the media sources list press OK briefly The list shows the following media sources for example e Disc CD DVD e Memory card SD SDHC e MEDIA REGISTER e USB storage device Bluetooth audio device Observe the additional information on media support and on media mode in the separate Audio 20 or COMAND operating instructions Operating an audio player or audio media 4 Sweel Dreams E Beyonce Ce am Sasha Fierce ee Media source e g name of USB memory stick Current title Name of artist Name of album Folder name Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played
4. oa On board computer and displays a Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS PRE SAFE HOLD function Crosswind Assist hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake PRE SAFE PLUS and COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt
5. Important safety notes A WARNING When the convenience closing feature is oper ating parts of the body could become trapped in the closing area of the side window and the sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure Vehicles with KEYLESS GO or KEYLESS GO start function if the SmartKey is in close proximity to the vehicle the convenience closing function is available When you lock the vehicle you can simulta neously e close the side windows e close the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel you can then close the roller sunblinds Notes on the automatic reversing feature for e the side window gt page 97 e the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt page 102 Using the SmartKey gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed gt Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel press and hold the button until the roller sunblinds of the panorama
6. gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually To apply gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake manually If the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp continues to flash gt Do not drive on gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 382 gt Shift the transmission to P gt Turn the front wheels towards the curb gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Py On board computer and displays za Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake manually gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 176 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop _ On
7. Sets the vehicle level AGILITY SELECT switch Back button see the sepa rate Operator s Manual Audio 20 COMAND con troller see the separate Operator s Manual Switches to the favor ites button see the sepa rate Operator s Manual Page 308 197 167 At a glance P At a glance En Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function m Switches the left hand reading lamp on off L Switches the auto matic interior lighting con trol on off S0S SOS button mbrace system gt Switches the front interior lighting on off Switches the rear interior lighting on off DE M Switches the right hand reading lamp on off Gil MB Info call button mbrace system Eyeglasses compartment 129 312 129 129 129 314 299 Function E Opens closes the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opens closes the roller sunblinds Rear view mirror Buttons for the garage door opener Microphone for mbrace emergency call system telephone and the Voice Control System see the separate operating instruc tions A Roadside Assistance call button mbrace sys tem Page 103 104 Wy 319 313 Door control panel GiNe o Fe Function M L1 2 3 Stores settings for the seat exterior mirrors and steer ing wheel Adjusts the seat
8. 201 Driving system seeen 199 Function notes ssseeesssessserssseere 199 Important safety notes 0 0 199 Problem malfunction 0 202 Range of the Sensors cee 199 Warning display seses 200 PASSENGER AIR BAG Indicator lamps sssrini 43 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 263 Perfume atomizer Operating ics ccccceieiveccenvssses cosets 150 Perfume Vial sissies dss datacssseisseeoescedect 150 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 152 Pets in the vehicle 00 0 0 cesses 65 Plastic trim cleaning instruc HONS er 336 Power washers enee 331 Power windows see Side windows PRE SAFE anticipatory occupant protection Display message eccere 259 OpetatiON sscssssccesscesushbesssessbetseceareeess 58 PRE SAFE Brake Activating deactivating 245 Display message eccerre 259 FUNCtION NOTES sssini 74 Important safety notes eee 74 Warning lamp sessies 293 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS Op ratiON satssssccesiecensssdsssesdbcdesctat cease 58 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 76 lmMiMODbINI Zehr renens 76 Protection of the environment General NOLES ereire 22 Pulling away Automatic transmission 0 160 HUI Start ASSISt niessessies 160 Qualified specialist workshop 26 Radiator COVED o on 325 Radio Selecting a station 0 0 0 cece 240 Radio wave reception trans
9. cesses 244 Limited Warranty seese 27 WO AGING TE EE 369 Locking in an emergency s 89 Locking SmartKey sesiis 81 LOWGTING cose ccteececcissorscenecneereeees 386 Maintenance sessirnir 24 Operating safety cee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 25 Parking for a long period 177 Pulling AWAY sessie tisrin sss 160 RAISINS eset nen e ERRA 382 Reporting problems ceeeeeeeees 27 Securing from rolling away 382 TOWING AWAY sisssccssecascesscedcsstccaspsesss 351 Transporting oo eeeseeeeseeeeteeeeeeeees 353 Unlocking in an emergency 88 Unlocking SmartKey nesese 81 VGMIGIG data 4 ss fetsecetetesscassetdechiescces 403 Vehicle data Roof load MaxiMUM nsss 403 Trunk load maximum eeeeeeeeee 403 Vehicle dimensions e eee 403 Vehicle emergency locking 89 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 396 Vehicle level AIRMAT IG iiccesccccocccsceescatcsshocarieeesencss 198 Display message seee 271 Vehicle maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Vehicle tool kit cc cc ceeeeeeeees 340 Video Operating the DVD si 241 AA DE E E EE 396 Warning and indicator lamps AB Seinni eae EE 286 Br k S ccsstevacdes tas sehsseveteseeeeseattsieass 285 Check Engine reies essenek 291 8010 iela EE TT 291 Distance Warning eeeseseeeeeeee 293 ESTAA EA EAE 288 ESPE OFF narte ET 289 OVETVIEW acs seg cscsdecisbes
10. gt To release pull handle Q The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out The electric parking brake can only be released e when the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 or e if the ignition was switched on using the Start Stop button Applying automatically The electric parking brake is applied auto matically e if DISTRONIC PLUS brings the vehicle to a standstill or e if the HOLD function is keeping the vehicle stationary or e if Active Parking Assist is holding the vehi cle at a standstill In addition at least one of the following con ditions must be fulfilled e the engine is switched off e the driver s door is open and the seat belt is not fastened e there is a system malfunction e the power supply is insufficient e the vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period The red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The electric parking brake is not automati cally engaged if the engine is switched off by the ECO start stop function Releasing automatically Your vehicle s electric parking brake is auto matically released if all of the following con ditions are met e the engine is running e the transmission is in position D or R e the seat belt has been fastened e you depress the accelerator pedal If t
11. Page 233 242 a Multifunction steering wheel Function Calls up the main menu AJY Selects a menu submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms your selection Hides display messages Sj Back OFF Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions 231 231 250 231 At a glance m a 35 36 Center console Center console Center console upper section Function Climate control systems A Hazard warning lamps Vehicle functions system settings button see the separate Operator s Man ual Telephone button see the separate Operator s Man ual PASSENGER AIR BAG indi cator lamp ATA indicator lamp 43 76 Function Analog clock Media button see the sep arate Operator s Manual Radio button see the sep arate Operator s Manual Navigation button see the separate Operator s Man ual A Inserts removes a CD DVD see the separate Operator s Manual Page Center console lower section Function Cup holder 306 Adjusts the volume mute see the separate Opera tor s Manual Switches audio COMAND on off see the separate Operator s Manual ECO start stop func tion 161 Touchpad see the separate Operator s Manual Stowage compartment 298 OIO Function Rear window roller sunblind
12. e a To c oY S k m Driving systems __ Driving and parking gt Select the Assistance Info Display function using the on board computer gt page 243 Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activa ted DISTRONIC PLUS active text only appears when the cruise control lever is actuated Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle In the Assistance menu gt page 244 of the on board computer you can select the assis tance graphics display gt Select the Assistance Info Display function using the on board computer gt page 243 You will see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DISTRONIC PLUS Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS There are several ways to deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the electric parking brake or if the vehicle is automatically secured with the electric parking brake e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP
13. gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 196 A On board computer and displays Ee DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 185 If it was not deactivated by the driver a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS Now DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been tempo Available rarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 185 Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS Cur DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative rently Unavailable DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are also tem See Operator s Man porarily inoperative ual Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear 2 On board computer and displays gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 17
14. gt Press the OK or setting button to select the 4 button to save the Light submenu Switching the daytime running lamps on off This function is not available in Canada gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Pressthe _W or A Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm button to select the a On board computer and displays Menus and submenus gt Pressthe W or A buttontoselectthe Selecting the permanent display function Daytime Running Lights function Using the Permanent Display function you If the Daytime Running Lights function can enable outside temperature and addi has been switched on the cone of light and tional speedometer displays in the status the 3 symbol in the multifunction dis area of the multifunction display play are shown in white gt Use on the steering wheel to call up gt Press the OK button to save the setting the list of menus Further information on daytime running gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer lamps
15. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp The indicator lamps inform you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated or enabled When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible gt Press the Start Stop button once or twice or turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock The system carries out a self diagnosis The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a rearward facing child front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit up the front passenger front air bag may deploy in an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increa
16. Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This font indicates a display in the play multifunction display COMAND dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 29 10 2013 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to yo
17. Selection Standard the sensitivity with which the system determines the attention level is set to normal Selection Sensitive the sensitivity is set higher The attention level detected by Atten tion Assist is adapted accordingly and the driver is warned earlier When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the o Symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphic display When ATTENTION ASSIST has been deactiva ted it is automatically reactivated after the engine has been stopped The sensitivity selected corresponds to the last selection activated standard sensitive Warning in the multifunction display If fatigue or increasing lapses in concentra tion are detected a warning appears in the multifunction display ATTENTION ASSIST Take a Break In addition to the message shown in the mul tifunction display you will then hear a warn ing tone gt If necessary take a break gt Confirm the message by pressing the button on the steering wheel OK On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST still detects increasing lapses in concentra tion you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest This will only hap pen if ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration If a warning is output in the multifunction dis play a
18. e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e while resetting This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again Opening and closing r 123 side windows Opening and closing b The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take prec edence Front left Front right Rear right Rear left gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To open manually press and hold the cor responding switch gt To open fully press the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt Toclose manually pull the corresponding switch and hold it gt To close fully pull the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press pull the corresponding switch again If you press the switch beyond the point of resistance and release automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again You can continue to operat
19. gt To select the 360 camera turn and press the controller gt To select Open camera cover turn and press the controller The cover of the 360 camera opens gt To clean the 360 camera clean camera lens Q with clean water and a soft cloth If you drive at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h or with the SmartKey in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock the cover of the 360 camera closes automatically Cleaning the exhaust pipes Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them H Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in win ter and after washing Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care gt Clean the exhaust pipe with a care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agent
20. or by thumbwheel or and move it up or down or to the left or right Setting the side air vents Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control Rear compartment air vent left Rear compartment air vent right Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel Rear control panel gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 to the left or right as far as it will go gt To adjust the air direction hold rear air vent Q or by the middle fin and move up Side window defroster vent or down or to the left or right Side air vent left Thumbwheel for left side air vent Climate control E gt To open close turn thumbwheel 8 to the left or right as far as it will go gt To adjust the air direction hold side air vent 2 by thumbwheel 3 and move it up or down or to the left or right Setting the rear compartment air vents Rear air vents are not available in all vehicles EENET TEST Vehicles with dual zone automatic climate control Useful information 006 156 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle Driving Automatic transmission 164 Refueling rete See ee 171 Parking c25 25 pecs 174 Driving tips e ee 178 Driving systems ceeceeeeeees 183 bo a4 ox To 5 b0 S m ois ving __ Driving and parking Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standa
21. Operating the on board computer gt page 231 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 236 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 238 e Radio menu gt page 240 e Media menu gt page 240 e Telephone menu gt page 242 Trip menu Standard display re 123 4 Se ee 07 04 gt Press and hold the amp button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer is shown Displaying the range and current fuel consumption gt Use Q on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the W or A button to select approximate range Q and current fuel con sumption 2 Approximate range that can be covered is calculated according to your current driving style and the amount of fuel in the tank If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled lt instead of approximate range Recuperation display 3 shows you if energy is being recuperated from the kinetic energy in overrun mode and saved in the battery Recuperation display 3 depends on the engine i
22. When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 48 and Children in the Vehicle gt page 59 A WARNING If the driver s seat is not engaged it could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that the driver s seat is engaged before starting the engine Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if youdo the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine A WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protec
23. e the transmission is in the P R or N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle has skidded e you activate Active Parking Assist If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes Pay particular attention in the following traffic situations e Cornering going into and coming out of a bend e Vehicles traveling on a different line e Other vehicles changing lanes e Narrow vehicles Driving systems e Obstructions and stationary vehicles Other vehicles changing lanes e Crossing vehicles In such situations brake if necessary _ Oe ST _ DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Cornering going into and coming out of a bend rr a el FHN DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles Driving and parking Pp POAT The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line Pi PS Pet inp DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The dist
24. gt Fold up the cargo tie down rings next to the rear seat backrest and put them through the slots in the carpet Bag hook Z WARNING The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects or items of luggage Objects or items of lug gage could be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants when braking or abruptly changing directions There is a risk of injury Only hang light objects on the bag hooks Never hang hard sharp edged or fragile objects on the bag hooks H The bag hook can bear a maximum load of 6 6lbs 3kg and should not be used to secure a load Bag hook Trunk EASY PACK trunk box Important safety notes Z WARNING When the load surface moves up your hands may become trapped on the frame of the EASY PACK trunk box There is a risk of injury When the load surface moves up make sure that your hands are not within the sweep of the load surface If someone becomes trap ped carefully push the center of the load sur face downward H When the EASY PACK trunk box is pulled out no objects may be placed on the frame of the box nor should the frame be pushed from above Otherwise the box could be damaged El Sharp edged pointed or fragile objects can damage the EASY PACK trunk box and then be thrown out There is a risk of injury Do not transport sharp edged pointed or fragile objects in the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure these or similar objects in the trunk outside of the EASY
25. gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Media menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel Menus and submenus ee u On board computer and displays ea Menus and submenus thal On board computer and displays gt To select DVD single drive or data car rier press OK briefly to open the list of media sources gt Use W or A toselect the correspond ing DVD player or DVD media gt Press OK to confirm gt To open the scene list press Y or A briefly gt To select the next or previous scene from the scene list briefly press W or A gt To select a scene from the scene list using rapid scrolling press and hold Y or _ amp until desired scene Q is reached gt Press OK to confirm your selection Telephone menu Introduction Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you ar
26. gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The driver s door is open gt Repeat the parking gap measurement and parking process with the driver s door closed You touched the multifunction steering wheel while steering inter vention was active gt While steering intervention is active make sure that the multi function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally The vehicle has started to skid and ESP has intervened gt Use Active Parking Assist again later gt page 202 PARKTRONIC is malfunctioning or faulty gt Follow the instructions and helpful hints in the Problems with PARKTRONIC section gt page 202 If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Fy On board computer and displays 274 Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Active Parking Assist is unavailable or faulty gt Switch off the ignition and restart the engine If Active Parking Assist continues to be unavailable the P symbol is not shown in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop HOLD The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding Off A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 196 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds
27. gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 52 Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Display messages Eog Check Left Corner ing Light or Check Right Cornering Light Eog Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam W Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Turn Signal Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand cornering light is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 130 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 130 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages a Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions X The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Front Left gt page 130 Turn Signal or Check Front Right Turn Signal gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective Check Left Mirror Turn Signal o
28. tem is malfunctioning BAS PLUS functions are restricted or no longer available The brake system is still available with complete brake boosting effect and BAS Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 67 BAS PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If BAS PLUS detects a danger of collision you are assisted when braking Important safety notes Z WARNING BAS PLUS cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations b gt Driving safety systems In such cases BAS PLUS may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation A WARNING BAS PLUS does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e when cornering As aresult BAS PLUS may not intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an acci dent Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar
29. 2055844601 Order no 6515 0935 13 Part no 2055844601 Edition C 2015 C Class Operator s Manual C Class Operator s Manual J Mercedes Benz Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Burmester is a registered trademark of Burmester Audiosysteme GmbH e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiq uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle
30. Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low Check Coolant H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine Level See Opera cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged tor s Manual gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 327 gt If coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Ba The fan motor is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic ae Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages zE Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page
31. The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend Driving and parking Useful information Important safety notes 230 Displays and operation 230 Menus and submenus 235 Display messages cccceee 250 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee 284 ie On board computer and displays 230 On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must
32. You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle You should however always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehi cle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle e the vehicle can be started using the Start Stop button e the electrically powered equipment can be operated The engine can be turned off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for approximately three seconds This function operates independ ently of the ECO start stop automatic engine switch off function SmartKey positions with the Start Stop button When you insert Start Stop button Q into ignition lock the system needs approx imately two seconds recognition time You can then use Start Stop button Q As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up If an indicator lamp does not go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving see gt page 285 If Start Stop button has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the SmartKey being removed from the ignition gt Insert Start Stop button Q into ignition lock gt To switch on the power supply press Start Stop button Q once The power supply is switched on You can now activate the windshield wipers for example The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop bu
33. and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated For example the on board voltage may be insufficient WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase d If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE HOLD function Crosswind Assist hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake PRE SAFE PLUS and COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed The erake USA only Canada only amp and warning lamps in the instrument cluster may also light up ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING
34. e 9 999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles U o Digital speedometer gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the rip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Pressthe W or A button to select the digital speedometer Resetting values gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the _W or A button to select the function that you wish to reset gt Press the OK button gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm r You can reset the values of the following func tions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display When you reset the values in the ECO dis play the values in the trip computer From Start are likewise reset When you reset the values in the trip computer From Start the values in the ECO display are likewise reset Navigation system menu
35. e When making the kicking movement make sure that you are standing firmly on the ground and that there is sufficient clear Always switch off the engine before opening ance to the rear of the vehicle You could the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid otherwise lose your balance e g on ice open oi ean Opening and closing hd gy PRS SITES e Always ensure that you only make the kick ing movement within the detection range of sensors Q e Stand at least 12 in 30 cm away from the rear area while doing so e Do not come into contact with the bumper while making the kicking movement Oth erwise the sensors may not function cor rectly e HANDS FREE ACCESS does not function when the engine is started e If a KEYLESS GO key is within the rear detection range of KEYLESS GO HANDS FREE ACCESS could be triggered The trunk lid could thus be opened or closed unin tentionally for example if you set something down or lift something up behind the vehicle polish the rear of the vehicle Do not carry the KEYLESS GO key about your person in these situations or in situa tions similar to these This will prevent the unintentional opening closing of the trunk e Dirt caused by road salt around sensors Q may restrict functionality e Using the HANDS FREE ACCESS with a prosthetic leg may restrict functionality Operation O O O OOOO PRS RE IT gt To open close kick into sensor dete
36. e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or if the interior light ing is switched on ror on the e ale n Using reverse gear Memory button M Adjustment button Button for the front passenger side exte rior mirror Button for the driver s side exterior mirror You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion Mirrors ee Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 eh Memory function Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position that allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse g
37. gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exte rior mirrors press and hold button until you hear a click and then the mirror engage in position gt page 118 The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 118 A WARNING Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto matic anti glare mirror breaks The electrolyte is harmful and causes irritation It must not come into contact with your skin eyes res piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the electrolyte observe the following e Rinse off the electrolyte from your skin immediately with water e Immediately rinse the electrolyte out of your eyes thoroughly with clean water e If the electrolyte is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly Do not induce vomiting e If electrolyte comes into contact with your skin or hair or is swallowed seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with electrolyte e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the following conditions are met simultaneously e the ignition is switched on
38. gt page 157 switch in any direc Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roller sunblind parts of the body could be trapped between the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped The roller sunblinds shield the vehicle interior from sunlight The front roller sunblind can only be opened and closed when the sliding sunroof is closed Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblinds are equipped with an automatic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a roller sunblind during the closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the roller sunblinds Z WARNING The reversing feature especially does not react to soft light and thin objects such as small fingers This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trap ped in these situations There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody
39. gt page 245 If the PRE SAFE Brake is not activated the 3 5 symbol appears in the multifunction display Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h this function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately to defuse the situation or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so If there is an increased risk of collision pre ventive passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front remains and you do not brake take evasive Driving safety systems Pa 4 Y t N Protection against theft A Y Saf action or accelerate significantly the vehicle may perform automatic emergency braking up to the point of full brake application Auto matic emergency braking is not performed until immediately prior to an imminent acci dent You can prevent the intervention of the PRE SAFE Brake at any time by e depressing the accelerator pedal further e activating kickdown e releasing the brake pedal The braking action of PRE SAFE Brake is ended automatically if e you maneuver to avoid the obstacle e there is no longer a risk of collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle General information STEER CONTROL helps y
40. gt page 299 gt Push the cover of the ashtray upwards at its right side gt To remove the insert hold the sides of insert push it upwards gently 2 and pull it out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder until it engages gt To close close the cover of the ashtray gt Push cover C of the stowage compart ment closed You can remove the ashtray insert and use the resulting compartment for stow age Rear compartment ashtray gt To open pull cover 2 out by its top edge gt To remove the insert push ribbing from the left side and pull insert upwards gt To install the insert install insert from above into the holder and press down into the holder until it engages Cigarette lighter Z WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of children Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic conditions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions per mit r Stowage and features Stowage and features gt
41. 131 Reversing lamps essees 132 Turn signals front seese 132 Turn signals rear neee 132 Child proof locks Important safety notes s es 64 Rear GOONS seus seve cevesssecesedessoeteechetesee 65 Children tS VEMICI Ee ss coestecviesctvestes e 59 Restraint systems seissen 61 Special seat belt retractor 60 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 64 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHOMS veces svesasssecssaceesevecesaveacieve evs 62 On the front passenger seat 63 Rearward facing restraint system 64 Top Tether sccscacesisecess Cigarette lighter Cleaning Mirror turn Signal neeese 334 Climate control Automatic climate control 3 ZONE PEE PE ETT 141 Controlling automatically 144 Cooling with air dehumidification 143 Defrosting the windows 148 Defrosting the windshield 147 Dual zone automatic climate con i ARO EE AENEA AT 139 ECO start stop function 3 zone automatic climate control 142 ECO start stop function dual zone automatic climate control 139 Important safety notes 0 0 0 138 Indicator lAMP oo eee eeeeseeeereeeeeees 144 Information about using auto matic climate control seese 142 Information about using dual zone automatic climate control 139 NOMIZAU OM aes recs ees estee encase iat 152 Overview of Systems sses 138 Perfume atomizer ccesceceeseees 150 Problems with cool
42. Brake see gt page 74 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel a Menus and submenus i On board computer and displays Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use VW jor A Assist submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A Blind Spot Assist gt Press OK to confirm The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is activated gray radar waves prop agating backwards appear next to the vehi cle inthe Assistance Graphic menu in the multifunction display to select the Drive button to select OK For further information about Blind Spot Assist see gt page 217 For further information about Active Blind Spot Assist see gt page 221 Setting ATTENTION ASSIST gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A
43. COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically If you do not react to the visual and audible collision warning autonomous braking can be initiated in critical situations If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situation the COLLISION Driving safety systems re PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS adaptive Brake Assist assists you Important safety notes In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e new vehicles or after a service on the COL LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS system Observe the notes in the section on break ing in gt page 156 Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Safety i Distance warning function Impor
44. Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the inside and outside of the win dows with a damp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition Cleaning the exterior lighting H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses 1 Maintenance and care Maintenance and care g
45. Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions Further information on navigation can be found in the separate Audio 20 or COMAND operating instructions gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Navi menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel Route guidance not active Direction of Travel NE 2 Mercedes Drive Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced gt 10 30h anit p Distance to the next destination Estimated arrival time Distance to the next change of direction Current road Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation MS E in j z Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to the change of direction Change of direction symbol Recommended lane and newlane during a change of direction white Possible lane light gray Lane not recommended dark gray On multilane roads new lane recommenda tions can be displayed for the next change of direction if the digital map supports this data During the change of direction new lanes may be added Lane not recommended yo
46. Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages CA Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS PRE SAFE HOLD function Crosswind Assist hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake PRE SSAFE PLUS and COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt On board computer and displays Pa Display messages
47. European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs Introduction rs carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is arisk of fire When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In particular remove parts of plants or other flammable materials which have become trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified speciali
48. Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur ing the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations
49. It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ea Occupant safety A Safet Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop An electric m
50. OCS The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted They will then not be deployed in the event of an accident Occupant safety Safety 1 Ea Occupant safety Safety Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be disabled or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the child Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant clas sification system OCS gt page 51 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 59 There you will also find instructions on backwards and forwards facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated gt page 51 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 44 and Air bags gt page 48 There you
51. The synchronization function deactivates if the settings for the front passenger side are changed 3 zone automatic climate control gt Activate deactivate the synchronization function using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions The synchronization function is deactivated e if the settings for the front passenger side are changed e if the settings for the rear compartment are changed General notes Climate control can be set centrally using the synchronization function The temperature setting is adopted for the front passenger side For 3 zone automatic climate control the temperature setting is adopted for the front passenger side and rear compartment General notes You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the front side windows Switch off the Windshield defrosting func tion as soon as the windshield is clear again Activating deactivating the defrosting function for the windshield gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To activate press the q rocker switch on the front control unit up or down The indicator lamp above the rocker switch lights up The current climate con trol settings are deactivated Climate control 4 a Operating the climate control systems Climate control 4 The climate control system switches to the following functi
52. Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To open open the stowage compartment gt page 299 gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automati cally when the heating element is red hot gt To close push cover Q of the stowage compartment closed 12 V sockets General notes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine If you have connected a device to the 12 V socket leave the cover of the stowage com partment open This prevents the cover from being blocked Socket in the front compartment center console gt To open open the stowage compartment gt page 299 gt Lift up the cover of socket 2 gt To close push cover Q of the stowage compartment closed Socket in the rear compartment center console gt Pull cover 2 out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket Q mbrace General notes The mbrace system is o
53. Vs in 3 mm e M S tires in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once a tread depth of Wheels and tires i Wheels and tires approximately Vie in 1 6 mm has been reached If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 341 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km They only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an a
54. again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Clean the windshield DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are malfunc tioning However the DISTRONIC PLUS functions are still available A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise control is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A condition for activating cruise control has not been met You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 183 Display messages Tires Display messages Check Tire Pres sure Soon Check Tire Pres sure Then Restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds Possible causes e you have changed the positions of the wheels and tires or instal led new wheels and tires e the tire pressure in one or more tires is not correct Z WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol
55. be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash like situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened ra Introduction e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read d
56. belt adjustment function can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual or in the separate COMAND or Audio 20 operating instructions Fe Occupant safety Safety m Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The 2 seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all occupants must fasten their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s and front passenger seat belts have already been fas tened the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fas tened and the doors are closed the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the 4 seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a warning tone sounds A warning tone also sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts duri
57. button to select PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles E On board computer and displays ESP with DISTRONIC PLUS gt Press OK to confirm gt Use on the steering wheel to call up The current selection is displayed the list of menus gt To activate deactivate press the OK gt Pressthe Y or amp button onthe steer button again ing wheel to select the Settings menu If the warning lamp in the instrument Confirm by pressing OK on the steering cluster lights up when the vehicle is ready wheel to drive ESP is deactivated gt Use W or A to select the Drive If the amp and amp warning lamps light up Assist submenu continuously ESP is not available due toa gt Press OK to confirm malfunction gt Press the W or A button to select Observe the information on warning lamps PRE SAFE Brake gt page 288 gt Press OK to confirm Observe the information on display messages The current selection is displayed gt page 251 gt To activate deactivate press the OK ar eee button again sei baer Sooo ne When PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated the 3 symbol appears in the Assistance Graphic menu in the multifunction dis play For more information on PRE SAFE
58. cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 Z WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 286 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 251 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery surfaces even when you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa ti
59. depending on the equip ment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Media menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt To select audio player or data carrier press OK briefly to open the list of media sources gt Use Y jor A toselect the correspond ing audio player or audio media gt Press OK to confirm gt Toopen the track list press Y or A briefly gt To select next previous track from the track list briefly press W or A gt To select a track from the track list using rapid scrolling press and hold W or A until the desired track is reached If you press and hold the W or A button the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data car riers support this function If the corresponding track information is stored on the audio drive or audio media the multifunction display may display the follow ing e track number e track name e artist e album The track information does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation
60. down After 1000 miles 1500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and accelerate the vehicle to full speed You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed limits A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If the parking brake has not been full
61. e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or con tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc Introduction 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between y
62. eeceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 70 Adaptive Damping System ADS 198 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display Message scscssossesevecree 267 FUNCHION NOLES 40 020eeserseecesese gt 127 Switching On Off eeeeeeeeeeeeees 128 Additional speedometer 248 Additives engine oil 400 AGILITY SELECT switch Automatic transmission ss 167 Climate control 3 zone automatic Climate control sissies 142 Climate control dual zone auto matic climate control n se 140 Air bags Deployment csscsestieereeg anes 56 Display message seeen 263 Front air bag driver front PASSENSEN ssrirorivereis vrois cezetoteriti tshs 49 Important safety notes s 48 Introduction Kee bag cicicsce i clacieiecoi eases PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator aM PSone esisiini 43 Side impact air bag sisiisssssirisissis 50 Window curtain air bag eee 51 Air conditioning system see Climate control AIRMATIC Display message seene 271 Fu nction noteS sessisiirsscrrssroisisisre 197 AIRPANEL cleaning instructions 334 Air vents Important safety notes 0 0 152 REAR oror renee E RE 153 SEMINE os scvsvexsedscececedeireosnessesuzececndeats 152 Setting the center air vents 152 Setting the side air vents 153 Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 76 Switching off ATA eseeeeeeseeseeeees 76 Switching the function on off ATA re irain rnei eroa EErEE
63. essary gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Operating with the Start Stop button gt Make sure that the ignition is switched on gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Engage park position P gt Release the brake pedal gt Remove Start Stop button from ignition lock gt page 157 gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake if nec essary gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in each coun try gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of w
64. gt page 124 ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering Instrument cluster submenu wheel gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm Selecting the unit of measurement for dis tance The Display Unit Speed Odometer function allows you to choose whether cer gt Press Y or _ amp to select the Perma tain displays appear in kilometers or miles in nent Display function the multifunction display gt Press OK to confirm gt Use on the steering wheel to call up The current selection Outside Tempera the list of menus ture or Speedometer is displayed gt Pressthe W Jor A buttononthesteer To change the setting press Ok again Se baii E Seal the etenga MENN Switching the additional speedometer gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering on off wheel lin On board computer and displays Use the Additional Speedometer function gt Press the Y or amp button to select the to choose whether the status area in the mul Instrument Cluster submenu tifunction display shows the speed digitally gt Press OK to confirm The unit in the additional speedometer is gt Pressthe W jor A buttontoselectthe always inverse to the speedometer unit Displ ay Unit Speed Odometer func U
65. in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal Q on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable Always begin with positive terminal on your own vehicle first gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to donor battery first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first gt Close cover of positive clamp after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop tee Z WARNING Functions relevant to safety are restricted or no longer available if e the engine is not running e the brake system or the power steering is malfunctioning e there is a malfunction in the voltage supply or the vehicle s electrical system If your vehicle is being towed much more force may be nec
66. page 44 and the notes on their cor o belt buckle belonging to that seat rect use gt page 45 the seat belt is tight across your body If the center rear seat belt is used observe D Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter the information about the seat belt for the coat center rear seat gt page 47 O the seat belt is not twisted z Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt the seat belt is not routed across sharp gt Adjust the seat gt page 108 The seat backrest must be in an almost upright position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly out of belt outlet pointed or fragile objects and engage belt tongue 2 in buckle Q If you have such items located on or in your The driver s and front passenger s seat clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses belts are automatically pulled taut as store t
67. son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 51 gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety 1 OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as pos sible be resting on the backrest of front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt Make sure that the seat cushion length is fully retracted gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight with the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check the installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat
68. wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions Important safety notes A WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper Changing the windshield wiper blades Adjusting the wiper blades so that they are vertical On vehicles without KEYLESS GO gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Set the windshield wipers to position gt When the wiper arms have reached a ver tical position turn the SmartKey to position 0 and remove it from t
69. 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel gt The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure gt Remove unnecessary loads gt Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded gt Warm up the engine at low engine speeds gt Avoid frequent acceleration or braking gt Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving Z WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs Emission control A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These system
70. 361 Winter operation Radiator COVE eerren 325 SUIMMEFEIPES cissctssscedstsceerssseccassecese 360 Winter tires MES reS ccsccisscesieresceesatevnceess 360 Wiper blades CIS AMINE eiieeii 333 Important safety notes 0 0 134 REPIAGING sssiscsssccsesseesdstseecsesdacesteeces 134 Replacing windshield 134 Wooden trim cleaning instruc CONS vss cantve ever evan eeneteelen kevteees 336 Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop Protection of the environment General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribu
71. 4MATIC Power is always trans mitted to both axles H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be damaged Contact a qualified specialist workshop for a performance test H To prevent ESP from intervening the ignition must be switched off SmartKey or the Start Stop button in position 0 or 1 if e the electric parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with only one axle raised not permitted for vehicles with 4MATIC The brake system could otherwise be dam aged H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Refueling Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling A WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children b gt Refueling a Driving and parking Refueling Driving and parking If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin imm
72. Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 224 Maintenance menu Introduction In the Service menu you have the following options e Calling up display messages in message memory gt page 250 e Checking the tire pressure electronically gt page 367 e Calling up the service due date gt page 329 e Displaying the coolant temperature gt page 244 Displaying the coolant temperature The coolant temperature is also shown in the instrument cluster in the tachometer Observe the notes on coolant temperature gt page 231 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use W or A to select the Coolant submenu gt Press OK to confirm your selection The coolant temperature is shown in a bar display Settings menu Introduction Inthe Settings menu you have the following options e Changing assistance settings gt page 244 e Changing head up display settings gt page 246 e Changing the light settings gt page 247 e Changing the instrument cluster settings gt page 248 e Restoring the factory settings gt page 249 Assistance submenu Deactivating activating ESP Observe the Important safety notes section in the description
73. Drinking and driving 0 178 Drive program Automatic transmission s s s 168 Display DIRECT SELECT lever 166 Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service 329 Symmetrical low beam eee 124 Driving Assistance package 221 Driving on flooded roads 182 Driving safety system BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE Adaptive Brake Assist BAS Brake Assist System COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function EBD electronic brake force distri bution ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Important safety information Overview PRE SAFE Brake STEER CONTROL eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Driving systems 360 camera Active Blind Spot Assist Active Lane Keeping Assist Active Parking Assist AIRMATIC ATTENTION ASSIST eeeceeceeseeteees Blind Spot Assist Cruise control Display message DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot Driving Assistance package HOLD function Lane Keeping Assist Lane Tracking package PARKTRONIC Rear view camera Driving tips Automatic transmission Break in period DISTRONIC PLUS Downhill gradient Drinking and driving Driving abroad 0 eee eeeeeseeeeeeneees 124 Driving in Winter ee eeeeeseeeeeeeeees 182 Driving on flooded roads 182 Driving on w
74. ERA 76 Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Anti lock Braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Armrest Stowage compartment s es 300 AShtTaV e 309 Assistance display on board com PUTET ereere Er 243 Assistance menu on board com PULCR 25 202 RRS eee 244 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 329 Hiding a service message 328 NOUS cveeceteecsseverice ta teesseessesetentcaes 328 Resetting the service interval dis play wncncaianacacanmanancas 329 Service MESSAZE rinsi 328 Special service requirements 329 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 76 FUMGHOM pesca vavezeccverevibeessivizsvsveenee 76 Switching off the alarm eee 76 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 246 Display message ecce 271 Function notes ceceeseseeeesreeees 216 Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message eccere 266 see Lights Automatic car wash care 330 Automatic engine start ECO start Stop FUNCTION eee 161 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function ee 161 Automatic headlamp mode 124 Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position 167 AGILITY SELECT switch eee 167 Changing Bear eeeeeseeeeessee
75. Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop Ea SmartKey Opening and closing be Problem The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey The engine cannot be started using the Start Stop button The SmartKey is in the vehi cle You have lost a Smart Key You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 347 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 349 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is locked gt Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 84 and replace it if nec essary gt page 84 If this does not work gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary
76. If you are notin the Telephone menu you can still reject or end a call Dialing a number from the phone book gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Press Y or A on the steering wheel to select the Telephone menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the W A or switch to the phone book gt Press the W or A button to select the desired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the W or A button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK button to display the numbers gt Press the _W or A button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt To exit the phone book press the button button to OK J or Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Press W or A on the steering wheel
77. In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action Driving systems E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function This speed may is activated the vehicle brakes automati he too high if you are driving ina filter lane cally in certain situations To prevent dam or an exit lane age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e be so high in the right lane that you pass vehicles driving on the left left hand drive i countries e when towing the vehicle e be so high in the left lane that you pass e in the car wash vehicles driving on the right right hand If you fail to adapt your driving style drive countries DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk If there is a change of drivers advise the new of accident nor override the laws of physics driver of the speed stored DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control lever DISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor
78. Mercedes Benz Center in advance You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system H The ESP system operates automatically The engine and the ignition must therefore be switched off the SmartKey must be in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock or the Start Stop button must be in position 0 or 1 if the electric parking brake is tested on a brake dynamometer Braking triggered automatically by ESP may cause severe damage to the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Consult a qualified specialist workshop to arrange this Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals Information on BAS Brake Assist gt page 67 and BAS PLUS Brake Assist PLUS gt page 67 For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends only installing the following brake disks and brake pads linings e brake disks that have been approved by Mercedes Benz e brake pads linings that have been approved by Mercedes Benz or that are of an equivalent standard of quality Other brake disks or brake pads linings can compromise the safety of your vehicle Always replace all brake disks and brake pads linings on an axle at the same time Always install new brake pads linings when repla
79. Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con verter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc
80. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is dis abled gt page 43 e Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 51 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 59 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent the air bag from functioning cor rectly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place Z WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects suchas stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the door
81. Restart the engine Display messages Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Inoperative PRE SAFE Inopera tive See Opera tor s Manual PRE SAFE Functions Currently Limited See Operator s Man ual PRE SAFE Functions Limited See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily inoperative due to a malfunction Adaptive Brake Assist may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Important functions of PRE SAFE have failed All other occupant safety systems e g air bags remain available gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately PRE SAFE PLUS or PRE SAFE Brake is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears PRE SAFE PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake are operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Restart the engine PRE
82. SAFE PLUS or PRE SAFE Brake is unavailable due to a mal function BAS PLUS may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Es ry On board computer and displays SS Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Radar Sensors Dirty See Opera tor s Manual a SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions At least one of the following driving systems or driving safety sys tems is temporarily restricted or inoperative e PRE SAFE PLUS e PRE SAFE Brake e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS e Active Lane Keeping Assist e Active Blind Spot Assist e DISTRONIC PLUS Possible causes are e the sensors in the radiator trim and or in the bumpers are dirty e the function of the driving system and or driving safety system is impaired due to heavy rain or snow A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears All driving systems driving safety systems are operative again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Switch off the engine gt Clean the sensors in the following locations gt page 334 e in the radiator trim e in the front bumper e in the rear bumper particularly in the
83. Service message l The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date Information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not show any information on the engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 325 The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in e Service A Due e Service A Overdue by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter indicates the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule Days gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display
84. The KEYLESS GO function is changed as fol lows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner sur face of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centrally touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles gt To restore the factory settings press and hold down the and buttons simultaneously for approximately six sec cry os onds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 84 General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered Switch off the alarm gt page 76 If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key gt Push release catch in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 88 e unlocking the trunk gt page 96 e locking the vehicle gt page 89 Inserting the mechanical key gt Push mechanical key completely into the SmartKey until
85. Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap COLD TIF et LL Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions ees 2 Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ PS PERSE Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 375 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pres sure table may have a negative effect on driv ing comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more
86. Y XL FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL2 RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL2 3 R19 Tires FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 245 35 R19 93 Y XL 3 FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 255 35 R19 96 Y XL 3 All weather tires R17 Tires BA 225 50 R17 94 H 2 Available as MOExtended Sal Wheel and tire combinations Wheels FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm Wheels FA 7 5J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 22 in 56 5 mm FA 7 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Wheels BA 7 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm 3 Additional measures necessary additional wheel arch extension on rear wheel arch Wheel and tire combinations Ea R 18 Tires Wheels FA 225 45 R18 95 H XL FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 RA 245 40 R18 97 H XL2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Wheels BA 225 50 R17 94 H M S 4 BA 7 0 x 17 H2 D Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm 5 R 18 ge A io Tires Wheels PP BA 225 45 R18 95 HXL M S amp BA 7 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm C 400 4
87. a pressure of at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure reached gt page 344 If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure not reached gt page 344 mi Roadside Assistance ed Roadside Assistance If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as possible Tire pressure not reached If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again After a maximum of five minutes the tire pressure must be at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached A WARNING A tire temporar
88. are not present Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot provide assistance DISTRONIC PLUS must be active in order for the function to be available Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics It cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot does not detect road and traf fic conditions and does not detect all road users If you are following a vehicle which is driving towards the edge of the road your vehicle could come into contact with the curb or other road boundaries In the case of devi ations in road markings beware of other road users e g cyclists that are in the direct vicin ity of your vehicle Obstacles such as building site huts on the lane or projecting out into the lane are not detected An inappropriate steering intervention e g after intentionally driving over a lane marking can be corrected at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot continuously keep your vehicle in lane In some cases
89. as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual or Active Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Blind Spot Assist Inoperative or Active Blind Spot Assist Inoperative Park Assist Can celed Park Assist Inoper ative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inop erative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Restart the engine Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is defective
90. becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Sliding sunroof ee Opening and closing the roller sun blinds b0 o Oo me Overhead control panel a To open Reset the panorama roof with power tilt slid amp To open ing panel or the front roller sunblind if the 5 To close panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel GQ or the roller sunblinds does not move 1 You can only close the roller sunblinds when the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 ignition lock gt page 157 gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point gt Press the E switch in direction of resistance in the direction of arrow until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Pull the switch in the direction of arrow 1 repeatedly until the front roller smoothly Both roller sunblinds open then the pano rama roof with power tilt sliding panel is raised gt Pull the switch in direction The sunblinds open gt Pull the switch in direction sunblind is closed The ro
91. being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered ee Driving systems _ Driving and parking If one of the doors is open the vehicle is not lowered Vehicle level Setting the raised vehicle level It is possible to choose between the Normal and Raised vehicle levels below a speed 50 mph 80 km h Select the Normal set ting for normal road surfaces and Raised for driving with snow chains or on particularly poor road surfaces Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Start the engine If indicator lamp is not lit gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 lights up The vehicle is raised by 0 6 in 15 mm compared to the normal level The Vehicle Rising message appears in the multifunction display The message disappears after ten sec onds irrespective of the level reached If necessary the vehicle is raised further The Raised level setting is canceled if you e drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h e drive for approximately three minutes at a speed over 50 mph 80 km h The Raised level remains active when you are not driving within these speed ranges Setting the normal vehicle level gt Start the engi
92. both axles on the ground With the rear axle raised Towing eye Tow starting Emergency engine starting Important safety notes Transfer case Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission position display Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever Transporting the vehicle Trim pieces cleaning instruc tions Trip computer on board com puter Trip odometer Calling up Resetting on board computer Trunk Emergency release Important safety notes Locking separately s es Opening closing automatically from inside Opening closing automatically from outside Opening closing from outside HANDS FREE ACCESS Opening closing manually from outside Opening automatically from inside Opening automatically from out side Trunk lid Display message Obstacle recognition Opening closing Opening dimensions Trunk load maximum 66 403 Turn signals Changing bulbs front 0 eee 132 Changing bulbs rear 0 0 eee 132 Display message seese 264 Switching on off csssseereesessseinsscss 126 Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking ceceeee 88 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button sesiis 87 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 308 Vehicle COMECE USE s2 ccsasesssesesssteseeoveteeseiess 27 Data acquisition eeeeeeseeeeeees 28 Display message secere 280 EQUIDMGNE enyire 23 Individual settings
93. buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use WV jor A Assist submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A Attention Assist gt Press OK to confirm to select the Drive button to select gt Press the W or A button to set Off Standard or Sensitive gt Press the OK button to confirm the selec tion When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the weor symbol appears in the Assis tance Info Display menu in the multi function display when the ignition is on For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 216 Setting Lane Keeping Assist gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use Vjorl aA Assist submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press W or A to select Lane Keep ing Assist gt Press OK to confirm The current selection Standard or Adap tive is displayed gt To change the setting press to select the Drive OK again For further information ab
94. calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 369 Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissi ble gross vehicle weight Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible weight that can be car ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge All about wheels and tires Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 960 Ibs 435 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg 1350 Ibs 612 kg All about wheels and tires Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors Q tread wear grade 2 traction grade and temperature grade These regul
95. can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate PRE SAFE Brake in the on board computer
96. control is available forthe same garage door drive repeat the same programming steps with this remote con trol Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press button or which you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp Q lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp lights up yellow Press but ton or again if necessary Clearing the memory Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle 1 Stowage and
97. control switches to Comfort mode The current climate control settings are maintained in Comfort mode ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 162 Overview of climate control systems eae Control panel for 3 zone automatic climate control PEG 404 Canada only Front control panel To set the temperature left gt page 145 To set the air distribution left gt page 146 To set the airflow gt page 146 To switch off climate control gt page 142 To set climate control to automatic gt page 144 To defrost the windshield gt page 147 To call up the Audio 20 COMAND climate control menu see the separate operating instructions To activate deactivate the residual heat function gt page 149 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 148 To activate deactivate cooling with air dehumidification gt page 143 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode manually gt page 149 To set the air distribution right gt page 146 To set the temperature right gt page 145 Rear control panel To set the temperature gt page 145 Display To set the airflow gt page 146 Climate control 4 aa Operating the climate control systems Climate con
98. detected as such at least once over the period of observation Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h adaptive Brake Assist reacts to stationary obstacles _ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking Driving safety systems Safety J ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 ETS traction control is part of ESP On vehi cles with 4MATIC 4ETS is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi vidually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is trans ferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 A WARNING If E
99. display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 334 e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycle rack The rear view camera is protected from raindrops and dust by means of a flap When the rear view camera is activated this flap opens The flap closes again when e you have finished the maneuvering proc ess e you switch off the engine e you open the trunk Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 334 For technical reasons the flap may remain open briefly after the rear view camera has been deactivated Driving systems Driving and parking _ Driving and parking Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in Audio 20 COMAND see the Digital Operator s Man ual gt Engage reverse gear The rear view camera flap opens The area behind the vehicle is shown with guide lines in the Audio 20 COMAND display The image from the rear
100. electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats D Roadside Assistance Ld Roadside Assistance e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any batter
101. following speed ranges e 5 65 mph 7 105 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects Vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the auton omous braking function is available in the fol lowing speed ranges e 5 124 mph 7 200 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects If the autonomous braking function requires a particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist can e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As aresult the Adaptive Brake Assist may not intervene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation
102. front bulbs gt Turn housing cover 1 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Removing and installing the cover in the front wheel housing Changing bulbs vehicles with halogen headlamps High beam headlamps gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages gt Replace the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 131 Changing the rear b Opening and closing the side trim pan gt Switch off the lights els gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn BEI Prat Lights and windshield wipers leat it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Example right hand side trim panel You must open the side trim panel in the trunk Turn signal before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps gt To open release right or
103. grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is made by the manufac turer following specifications from the U S government The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressures The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side All about wheels and tires Speed rating The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross ve
104. gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display button to select If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number USA FCC ID MRXMW2433A FCC ID MRXGG4 FCC ID MRXMC34MA4 Canada IC 2546A MW2433A IC 2546A GG4 IC 2546A MC34MA4 2 En General notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pres sure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss in a tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning message will appear in the multifunction dis play You can recognize the tire pressure loss warn ing by the Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart
105. gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Locate the SmartKey gt Press OK on the steering wheel to confirm the display mes sage Because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves the SmartKey is not detected whilst the engine is running A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The SmartKey is continually undetected The SmartKey detection function has a temporary malfunction or is faulty A warning tone also sounds gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ry On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Seat belts Warning D gt Signal type ee Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp A gt After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 A gt After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addi tion a warning tone sound
106. gt page 400 Start Stop button twice gt page 157 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument cluster ao ditional service products The coolant temperature must be below oO fo fey Som Checking coolant level 158 F 70 C O __ M Turn the SmartKey to position o Z WARNING 0 gt page 157 in the ignition lock 2 Certain components in the engine compart or ment such as the engine radiator and parts gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO pull the L of the exhaust system can become very hot Start Stop button from the ignition lock Working in the engine compartment poses a gt page 157 S se aN gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter Where possible let the engine cool down and clockwise to allow excess pressure to touch only the components described in the escape S following gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it B WARNIN A i E D If the coolant is at the level of marker bar The engine cooling system is pressurized par in the filler neck when cold there is enough ticularly when the engine is warm When coolant in coolant expansion tank opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury If the coolant level is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm above marker bar in the filler Let the engine cool down before opening the neck when warm there is enough coolant cap Wear eye and hand protection when
107. have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident Before leaving the vehicle always secure it against rolling away When PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically during the parking process You are respon sible for braking in good time gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the transmission to position R The Start Park Assist Yes OKNo message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To park using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Back up the vehicle being ready to brake at all times When backing up drive at aspeed below approximately 6 mph 10 km h Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can celed Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the rear border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select D Observe Surroundings me
108. have the locks changed as well Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children You should preferably place luggage or loads in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 65 If the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 76 gt To unlock and open a front door pull door handle If the door is locked locking knob C pops up The door is unlocked and opens gt To unlock a rear door pull door han dle Locking knob pops up and the door unlocks gt To open a rear door pull door handle aga
109. heat output is reduced as a result e the rear window defroster running time is reduced If you have selected the drive program C S or S the climate control switches to Comfort mode The current climate control settings are maintained in Comfort mode ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 162 Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also switched off The windows could fog up Therefore switch off climate control only briefly Switch on climate control primarily using the auto rocker switch gt page 144 Switching on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press the rocker switch up or down The Audio 20 COMAND climate control menu opens gt Activate the climate control using the air conditioning function bar see the separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instruc tions or gt Set the airflow to level 1 or higher using the button MENU MENU REST Nore gt To switch off press the rocker switch up or down The Audio 20 COMAND climate control menu opens gt Deactivate t
110. ieten 342 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 365 Checking manually sesser 365 Display message seene 277 Important safety notes 0 0 365 Maxim ecccestsssiovecececencei nn 364 Not reached TIREFIT ees Reached TIREFIT 00 cesses Recommended ssssseeesseeereonevess Tire pressure loss warning sys tem General notes s ss cecececssseseenee Important safety notes s Restarting c sceceesstesspssecacecactenstess Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec CPONICAlLY sisses FUNCtION NOTES cceeeeseseeeeeseeeees General NOLES slevseveessssesssegveesecess Important safety notes 0 0 Radio type approval for the tire press re MONITOM oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Restarting pieier tsss Warning lamp seenen Warning Message ecce Tires Aspect ratio definition Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 00 Bar definiti n ssisiscaescecesstsescoteceass Changing a wheel secese Characteristics occ eeeeeseeeeneeees CHECKING arestes Curb weight definition Definition of terms s Direction of rotation eeee Display Message ciiise Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition eee eeeeeeeseeeee DOT Tire Identification Number UN EA EE EEEE ATEA et DOT Department of Transporta tion definition sisese seereis GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definition seins GVW Gross Vehicle Weig
111. in expansion tank opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 401 Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts gt Park the vehicle on a level surface of the exhaust system can become very hot b gt ASSYST PLUS i Maintenance and care Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck gt To open pull cap C upwards by the tab and open gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid gt page 282 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 402 ASSYST PLUS
112. information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without di
113. inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important safety notes A WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic As a result DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 50 of the maximum possible deceleration If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident
114. it engages and release catch A is back in its basic position Important safety notes Z WARNING Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan ces If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is a risk of fatal injury Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention immediately Q Environmental note Batteries contain dangerous bt substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries Opening and closing E The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guidelines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Opening and closing Checking the battery SmartKey PRS Dh DPD At gt Press the or g button The battery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check lamp does not light up briefly gt Change the battery gt page 84
115. kicking movement under the rear bumper Opening a EE Opening and closing oi ean Opening and closing gt Press the 5 or gt Pull handle The trunk lid opens button on the SmartKey Closing gt Pull the trunk lid down using recess Q and push it closed gt Lock the vehicle if necessary with the button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO gt page 81 outside Opening closing automatically from Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped dur ing automatic closing of the trunk lid More over people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e Press the 5 e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door button on the key e Press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid e Pull the trunk lid handle Vehicles with HANDS FREE ACCESS it is also possible to stop the closing process by performing a kicking movement under the rear bumper Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if
116. light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Automatic headlamp mode A WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Z The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times Only for Canada The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated When the engine is running and the vehicle is stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in bright ambient light if you turn the light switch to z002 the daytime running lamps and parking lamps switch on If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve t
117. lighting 124 Standing laMPS cicssscssceeseeeeess 126 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com PUTET ns eveccceecessevecessotetcncececbsosssvescves 247 Turn Signal Senn 126 see Interior lighting see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message 266 Loading guidelines eee 298 Locking see Central locking Locking doors AULOMALICS cic aena 88 Emergency locking esceseeseeeeee 89 From inside central locking but LOM E EE EE 87 Locking centrally see Central locking Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs sscrssijiitnceccesssriis 131 Display message scenene 264 Setting for driving abroad sym MEMICAI svoren eere ryer oeit 124 Switching on off neee 125 Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DOME occcsisccicseessssanessssecccsdsosaernestacces 112 MPS tres none Maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc TIONS eene R mbrace Call PRIORY iseina Display message scere Downloading destinations COMAND ssccciscsssesshtseceessisenetaevace Downloading routes ssec Emergency call General notes GeO TENCING ereinen Locating a stolen vehicle MB info call button Remote vehicle locking s es Roadside Assistance button Search amp Send Self test enets iieis Speed alert System Triggering the vehicle alarm Vehicle remote malfunction diag Vehicle remote unlocking Mechanical k
118. located just behind the gt Position socket 2 on hub cap front wheel housings and just in front of the gt Attach lug wrench to socket 2 and rear wheel housings arrows tighten hub cap Vehicles with AMG equipment the vehicle has covers installed to protect the vehicle body next to the jacking points on the outer sills The tightening torque must be 18 lb ft 25 Nm Note that the hub cap should be tight ened to the specified torque of 18 lb ft 25 Nm Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the hub cap installed at a qualified specialist workshop Pih bal Ti gt Vehicles with AMG equipment fold cover 4 upwards Prod eel Hdd gt Using a lug wrench 3 loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Pir bH Tel gt Position jack at jacking point f Fij eS gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn crank O clockwise until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn crank until the tire is raised a max imum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing a wheel H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in When mounting removing wheels and for as long as the wheels are removed avoid apply in
119. middle of the rear bumper gt Restart the engine The display message disappears The restraint system is faulty The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop For further information about the restraint system see gt page 42 Display messages Ea Display messages Front Left Mal func tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required La Rear Center Mal function Service Required P Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left hand or right hand restraint system has malfunc tioned The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left hand or right hand restraint system has malfunc tioned The amp warning l
120. not open or close a door or the trunk lid when the vehicle is raised e Make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle H The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged Vehicles with alloy wheels and hub caps the wheel bolts are covered by a hub cap Before you can unscrew the wheel bolts you must remove the hub cap Two different var Observe the following when raising the vehicle e To raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised The jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle Avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes Before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Do not disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised The jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underla
121. of ESP gt page 72 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following Menus and submenus ES It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol gt Use Y or A to select the DriveAs lowing situations sist submenu e when using snow chains gt Press OK to confirm e in deep snow gt Use A or W to select Collision Prevention gt Press OK to confirm The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the OK i button again gt Use on the steering wheel to callup When COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST e on sand or gravel For further information about ESP see gt page 71 gt Start the engine the list of menus PLUS is deactivated the I symbol gt Press the W or A button on the steer appears in the multifunction display in the ing wheel to select the Settings menu Assistance Graphic menu gt Confirm by pressing LOK on the steering For further information about COLLISION wheel PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 69 gt Use W or A to select the DriveAs sist submenu Activating deactivating PRE SAFE gt Press OK to confirm Brake gt Press the W or v
122. of aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore strongly recommended that you carry out reg ular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification Brake fluid Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals When handling brake fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 397 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Coolant Important safety notes Z WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add anti freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antif
123. of time is extended e g in the case of lateral acceleration during an overrun phase or when driving on steep terrain If manual gear shifting is deactivated the gears will be selected automatically You can also deactivate manual gear selec tion gt Pull on the right hand steering wheel pad dle shifter and hold it in place gt page 169 or gt Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the transmission position or gt Use the AGILITY SELECT switch to change the drive program gt page 167 Manual gear selection is deactivated Problem The transmission has problems shifting gear The acceleration ability is deteriorating The transmission no gt Stop the vehicle longer changes gear Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission is losing oil gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately The transmission is in emergency mode It is only possible to shift into second gear and reverse gear gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into second gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately This section is only valid for vehicles with 4 wheel drive
124. on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between O mph 0 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the relevant chapter in the Operator s Manual if questions are asked about this USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful
125. on the driver s door button on the key e Press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid e Pull the trunk lid handle Vehicles with HANDS FREE ACCESS it is also possible to stop the closing process by performing a kicking movement under the rear bumper A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine Is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 403 Opening and closing You can open and close the trunk lid from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked gt To open pull remote operating switch for trunk lid until the trunk lid opens gt To close press remote operating switch for trunk lid until the trunk lid is com pletely closed Opening and closing P Opening automatically from inside Important safety notes Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine i
126. par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet Itis possible that the blower may be acti vated automatically 60 minutes after the SmartKey has been removed depending on various factors e g the outside tempera ture The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes to dry the climate control sys tem Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual zone automatic climate control To set the temperature left gt page 145 To set the air distribution gt page 146 To set the airflow gt page 146 To switch off climate control gt page 142 To set climate control to automatic gt page 144 To defrost the windshield gt page 147 Pe UH Climate control 4 To call up the Audio 20 COMAND climate control menu see the separate operating instructions To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 148 To activate deactivate synchronization gt page 147 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode manually gt page 149 To activate deactivate cooling with ai
127. parking symbol disappears and the multifunction display shows the Park Assist Canceled mes sage When Active Parking Assist is canceled you must steer and brake again yourself If a system malfunction occurs the vehicle is braked to a standstill To drive on depress the accelerator again General notes PMG ea Rear view camera 1 is in the trunk lid handle Rear view camera 1 is an optical parking and maneuvering aid It shows the area behind your vehicle with guide lines in the Audio 20 COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The text shown in the Audio 20 COMAND display depends on the language setting The following are examples of rear view camera messages in the Audio 20 COMAND display Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is nota replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the trunk lid is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the
128. perfume vials must not be disposed of with house hold rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the envi ronment Dispose of full perfume vials in an environmentally responsible manner and take them to a special waste collection point S Perfume lid Perfume vial The perfume atomizer helps to improve driv ing comfort Using Audio 20 COMAND you can e switch the perfume atomizer on and off see separate Audio 20 COMAND operat ing instructions e regulate the perfume atomizer see the separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instructions The following conditions can affect your per ception of the perfume intensity e operating mode of the climate control sys tem e interior temperature e time of year day e air humidity e physiological condition of occupants e g fatigue or hunger The perfume atomizer can only be operated when the climate control system is switched on and is only active when the glove box is closed The perfume atomizer is provided with a pre filled perfume vial You can also choose from a variety of filled perfume vials and an empty vial which you can fill yourself Operating the climate control systems fd If you refillan empty perfume vial observe the separate information sheet attached to the vial H If you do not use genuine Mercedes Benz interior perfumes observe the manufactur ers safety notices on the perfume packag ing Do not r
129. protection for the thigh knee and lower leg Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Front side impact air bags and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the follow ing situations e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags Win
130. provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire There is a risk of an accident Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the tire sealant observe the following e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water e If the tire sealant comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thor oughly with clean water e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tire sealant e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the st
131. remaining lit When the mal function has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe _ A or W button on the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the OK button gt Press the A or Y Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display button to select If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressu
132. restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 Ibs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with the manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before every trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings Vehicles with rear seat armrest adjust the rear seat armrest so that LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings Q for the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system are accessi ble gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings The LATCH type ISOFIX system is a stand ardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear s
133. roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release the button Using KEYLESS GO The driver s door and the door at which the handle is used must both be closed The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle The gap between the SmartKey and the corre sponding door handle should not be greater than 3 ft 1 m gt Touch recessed sensor surface on the door handle until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed Make sure you only touch recessed sensor surface Q gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed gt Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel touch recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle If a side window can no longer be closed fully you must reset it sce wincows oo Opening and closing p 1100 side windows gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 98 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If
134. route has been received by the navi gation system you will see the The Route name external route has been saved to Previous Destinations Would you like to start navigation mes sage The route is saved to the hard disk gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later in the navigation menu gt Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again via COMAND You can find further information in the sepa rate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this in
135. seat backrest is folded down and back up again the rear center seat belt may lock The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt To release the rear center seat belt pull the seat belt out approximately 1 in 25 mm at the belt outlet on the backrest and then release it again The seat belt is retracted and released Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Press release button Q hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Seat belt adjustment The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function This function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants The belt strap is tightened slightly when e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle and e the ignition is switched on The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain tightening force if any slack is detected between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not hold on to the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting You can switch the seat belt adjustment on and off using COMAND or Audio 20 Informa tion on activating and deactivating the seat
136. seat backrests gt Slide catch downward from inside the Middle rear seat backrest trunk gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold seat backrest Q back until it engages CE Red lock status indicator is no longer Cargo tie down rings visible General notes gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 111 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down Stowage and features You should always engage the rear seat backrests if you do not need the through de rings loading feature This will prevent unauthor sb ib he load h tied ized access to the trunk from the vehicle inte JISUI Ue SMe GAA OENE GATEO TIE ROWN ior rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure Locking the center rear seat backrest a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection In order to prevent the trunk from being accessed by unauthorized persons the cen ter seat backrest can be locked using a catch The center seat backrest can only be folded forward together with the left seat backrest Stowage and features Sedan with through loading feature in the rear bench seat
137. should be checked at least once every two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if b gt I Wheels and tires Choc Wheels and tires underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equip
138. side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Sliding sunroof Important safety notes Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof A WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing pro cedures If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Sliding sunroof Lee Opening and closing E es Sliding sunroof Opening and closing bes H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding
139. sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely paying attention to road and traffic conditions and select a higher vehicle level Depending on the malfunction it may be possible to raise the vehicle gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop FP On board computer and displays 272 On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages Mal function Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual or Active Lane Keeping Assist Cur rently Unavailable See Operator s Man ual Lane Keeping Assist Inopera tive or Active Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The AIRMATIC function is restricted The vehicle s handling char acteristics may be affected gt Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph 80 km h gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon
140. sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e vehicles quickly moving into the radar sen sor system detection range Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function To avoid a collision BAS PLUS calculates the brake force necessary if e you approach an obstacle and e BAS PLUS has detected a risk of collision When driving at a speed under 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal BAS PLUS is activated The in
141. special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt cannot slacken once the child seat is secured Installing a child restraint system gt Make sure you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is enabled gt Push the child restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Make sure you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the belt buckle release button hold the belt tongue and guide it back towards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as inten
142. the igni tion lock to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 351 Towing and tow starting Ea The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 127 In order to signal a change of direction when towing the vehicle with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual In this case only the indica tor lamps for the direction of travel flash After resetting the combination switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be da
143. the intervention in a non critical driv ing situation The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e the radar sensors in the front or rear bump ers or the radiator grill are dirty e g obscured by snow Driving systems es e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road If no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane and there are broken lane markings detected no lane correcting brake application is made Warning vibration in the steering wheel A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Lane correcting brake application If you leave your lane under certain ci
144. the rear of the fuse box gt Fold down lid of the fuse box and tighten screws 3 Fuse box in the trunk HB Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses ee Ed Useful information 0 eee 358 Important safety notes 358 Operation e e eee 358 Winter operation ceeee 360 Check o sc oi coerce eects 361 Loading the vehicle 369 All about wheels and tires 373 Changing a wheel ceee 381 Wheel and tire combinations 386 al Wheels and tires 13 Operation __ Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace whee
145. the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 98 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the respective side window remains closed after the button is released then it has been set correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Opening and closing bt Problems with the side windows Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem A side window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause slightly Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a
146. the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart button gt Press the or gt If the Tire Pressure Now OK message appears use the A or W button to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored a Loading the vehicle A WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permis Fa Wheels and tires Wheels and tires gt sible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up
147. the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 403 Opening You can open the trunk lid automatically using the SmartKey or the handle in the trunk lid gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid opens or gt If the trunk lid is unlocked pull the trunk lid handle and let it go again immediately Closing H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the printed Operator s Manual b0 4 Important safety notes A WARNING AR ge l The vehicle s exhaust system may be very hot gt Press closing button 4 on the trunk lid Yan eaul burm youre by touening Wie Vehicles with trunk lid remote closing exhaust system if you use HANDS FREE mp feature and KEYLESS GO when the driver s ACCESS There is a risk of injury Always z door is closed you can simultaneously close ensure that you only make the kicking move g the trunk lid and lock the vehicle The KEY ment within the detection range of s
148. tire Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case a Flat tire TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C Z WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to
149. transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched Only use products recommended by Mercedes Benz Damage which is caused by the use of products which have not been recommended is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty or goodwill ges tures They are listed in this Mercedes Benz Operator s Manual in the appropriate section Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 5 1 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 51 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in O Technical data bel Technical data accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Other identifications for example e 0 W 30 e 5 W 30 e 5 W 40 Fuel Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling A WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is
150. trickle charger You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist work shop If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in which you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately
151. under Tire pressure gt page 361 If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if necessary While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you sus pect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Oth erwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As aresult you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the t
152. unintentional opening of the trunk e using a car wash e using a power washer Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 10 ft 3 m away from the vehicle Cleaning the paintwork H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inade quate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified spe cialist workshop gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on the climate con ditions and the care product used If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paint has become dull the paint cleaner recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz should be used Do not use these care products in the sun or on the ho
153. vehicle gt Press previously programmed button 2 or on the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote con trol Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also fea ture a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control of the gar
154. vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a 2 On board computer and displays flat tire gt page 341 Tire Press Moni Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received tor Currently from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily Unavailable malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved Tire Press Sen There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several sor s Missing wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop Tire Pressure Mon The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor itor Inoperative The tire pressure monitor is deactivated No Wheel Sensors gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes Tire Press Moni The tire pressure monitor is faulty tor Inoperative gt Vi
155. very lit tle power thereby conserving battery power For the purposes of activation deactivation the vehicle must not be nearby gt To deactivate press the button on the SmartKey twice in rapid succession The battery check lamp of the SmartKey lights up twice briefly and KEYLESS GO is deactivated gt To activate press any button on the SmartKey or insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock KEYLESS GO and all of its associated fea tures are available again Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a SmartKey in the vehicle You can change the settings of the locking system This means that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked This is useful if you fre quently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the and buttons simulta neously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 84 If the setting of the locking system is changed within the signal range of the vehicle press ing the or g button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the og button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button
156. view camera is available throughout the maneuvering process To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P or after driving forwards a short distance Messages in the Audio 20 COMAND display The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle E Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline ad Driving systems Erre Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Pee Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Vehicle center axle marker assistance Bumper Re
157. visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if E Driving and parking To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS To activate at the current speed last stored speed To set the specified minimum distance Selecting DISTRONIC PLUS e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed gt Check whether LIM indicator lamp is off Driving systems Driving and parking If itis off DISTRONIC PLUS is already selec ted If it is not press the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 2 LIM indicator lamp in the cruise control lever goes out DISTRONIC PLUS is selec ted Activating DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS the fol lowing conditions must be fulfilled e the engine must be started It may take up to two minutes after pulling away before DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e the electric parking brake must be rele
158. while programing Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 26 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes A WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programming buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 319 Garage door remot
159. with a navigation system e the relevant mobile phone network is avail able and data transfer is possible Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can use the route assistance function even if the vehicle is not equipped with a nav igation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the cur rent route section Features se Search amp Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navigation sys tem Additionally an mbrace service sub scription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A destination address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http maps google com and enter a destination address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be
160. with parking lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the steering column The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its original position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the transmis sion position display in the multifunction dis play gt page 166 Engaging park position P H If the engine speed is too high or the vehi cle is moving do not shift the automatic transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P The automatic transmis sion could otherwise be damaged Park position with parking lock Reverse gear v a N Neutral D Drive gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc tion of arrow P Engaging park position P automatically Park position P is automatically engaged if e you switch off the engine using the Smart Key and remove the SmartKey e you switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door e you open the driver s door when the vehicle is stationary or driving at very low speed and the transmission is in position D or R Engaging reverse gear R H Only shift the automatic transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary gt f the transmission is in position D or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and pu
161. your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing You can find more information in the separate mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assistance call button A is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the a button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call Stowage and features 4 Stowage and features MB Info call button z 7 gt To call MB Info press MB Info call but ton This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Cal Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location o
162. 002 The green gt 02 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock or it is in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to pz left hand side right hand side of of the vehicle or P lt the vehicle High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam head lamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam head lamps move the combination switch back to
163. 174 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt If the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C The battery is not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages Stop Vehicle See Operator s Manual Start Engine See Operator s Manual Check Engine 071 At Next Refueling Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying att
164. 4 gt Restart the engine DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS is defective Inoperative The following may have also failed e BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist e PRE SAFE Brake e DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop DISTRONIC PLUS Sus You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no pended longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS An activation condition for DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled gt pn gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 185 276 ak On board computer and displays ka Display messages DTR Steering Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual DTR Steering Assist Inopera tive Cruise Control Inoperative Cruise Control mph Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are tempo rarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are operative
165. 60 camera is not a substitute for attentive driving You are always responsible for safe maneu vering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering You are always responsible for safety and must always pay attention to your surround ings when parking and maneuvering This applies to the areas behind in front of and beside the vehicle You could otherwise endanger yourself and others The 360 camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the doors are open e if the exterior mirrors are folded in e if the trunk lid is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the cameras are exposed to very bright light oo pen a To c bo S T m _ Driving and parking e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the display may flicker e if the camera lenses fog up e g when driv ing into a heated garage in winter causing a rapid change in temperature e if the camera lenses are dirty or covered e if the vehicle components in which the cameras are installed are damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop Do not use the 360 camera in this case You can otherwise injure others or cause damage to objects or the vehicle Guide lines are always shown at road level The ca
166. 99 Convenience opening feature 98 Coolant engine Checking the level 2sss00 327 Display message eccere 267 Filling capacity sicnseniieceiss 402 Important safety notes 0 0 401 Temperature display in the instru Ment CIUSEER cs feccsiksesttecasctevecateetess 231 Temperature display in the on bOAard COMPUTE c nccscssscseeceetesnceshs 244 Warning lamp esseere 291 Cooling see Climate control Copyright i e 29 Cornering light function Display MeSSage eeeeeseeeeeeeees 264 Function NOLES lt 2 5025 0505005cevsdsv00005s 127 Crash responsive emergency light DONS ooo E E E E ET 130 Crosswind Assist ceseeeeeeeeees 73 Cruise control Cruise control lever 184 DGaCtiVatiNng ceinen 185 Display message seee 276 Driving SySt Mi sorsien 183 Function notes cceceeseseeeeeesenees 183 Important safety notes 183 Setting a speed sosser 185 Storing and maintaining current SPOE ET 184 Cup holder Center Console pererin Important safety notes Rear compartment sesse Customer Assistance Center CAG ccccecccsssaternsvsveetsasindaeccssacen 27 Customer Relations Department 27 C Data see Technical data Daytime running lamps Display MESSZE ssceceseseesveessss 266 FUNCtION NOTES ceceesesceeesnenees 124 Switching on off on board com PUTET i cvercstersepscesstaceeesnesenesccncucas 247 Declarations of conformity 26 Diagnostics connecti
167. ARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa tions e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets Close lockable stowage compartments while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 Cup holder in the front compartment center console If you remove the cup holder insert you can use the resulting compartment for stowage gt To open open the stowage compartment gt page 299 gt To remove slide catch forwards and pull out cup holder gt To insert insert cup holder and slide back catch gt To close push cover Q of the stowage compartment closed You can remove the cup holder s rubber mat for cleaning Clean with clear lukewarm water only Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up Otherwise the cup holder could be damaged gt Fold down the rear seat a
168. Activating the 360 camera using reverse gear The 360 camera images can be automati cally displayed by engaging reverse gear gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in COMAND see the Digital Operator s Manual gt Toshow the 360 camera image engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display in split screen mode You see the top view of the vehicle and the image from the rear view camera Selecting the split screen and full screen displays Switching between split screen views gt To switch to the line with the vehicle icons slide the controller gt To select a vehicle icon turn the controller Switching to full screen mode gt 180 View Turn and press the controller The full screen option is only available in the following views e Top view with picture from the rear view camera e Top view with picture from the front cam era Displays in the COMAND display Important safety notes The camera system may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all Obstacles are not shown by the system in the following locations e under the front and rear bumpers e very close to the front and rear bumpers e in close range above the handle on the trunk lid e very close to the exterior mirrors e in the transitional areas between the vari ous c
169. Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accord ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod ucts 310 1 The coolant is checked with every mainte nance interval at a qualified specialist work shop When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures O Technical data L Technical data adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Capacity c 300 8 5 US qt 8 0 1 C 300 4MATIC C 400 4MATIC 11 5 US qt 10 9 Use MB 325 0 or MB 326 0 corrosion inhibitor antifreeze Important safety notes A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp lenses e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked fe Service products and filling capacities At temperatures a
170. Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Active Blind Spot Assist may nei ther give warnings nor intervene in such sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Radar sensors The Active Blin
171. Drive embraces all elements of active and passive safety in one well thought out system for the safety of the vehicle occupants and that of other road users Further information on driving safety systems gt page 66 Driving systems ee General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is especially impor tant if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from over heating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on sl
172. If the key battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the or a button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle You can obtain a battery from any quali fied specialist workshop Replacing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 83 POS DE aa dt gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover Q opens Do not hold battery compartment cover 1 closed while doing so gt Remove battery compartment cover Q PRS Dh DFT at gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery compart ment cover into the housing first and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the Smart Key gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle SmartKey ra Problems with the SmartKey Problem You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is di
173. Insert the tip of the mechanical key into the slit on the cover of the driver s door lock and turn it until the cover is released Opening and closing P Opening and closing bed gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position The locking knob drops down and the driv er s door is locked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid are locked gt Hold the cover over the lock of the driver s door with the thicker end towards the front of the vehicle and press to secure Then make sure that the slit of the cover is hor izontal Vehicles without KEYLESS GO gt Insert the mechanical key into opening in the protective cap gt Pull and hold the door handle gt Pull the protective cap on the mechanical key as straight as possible away from the vehicle until it releases gt Release the door handle gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position The locking knob drops down and the driv er s door is locked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt page 83 gt Mak
174. KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 157 gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Pad aE If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 340 The folding wheel chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel Changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate 2 gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate 3 PA Sal EE Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change Pad Sebel Wht Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle A WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack Changing a wheel e Do
175. KEYLESS GO or HANDS FREE ACCESS use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered Switch off the alarm gt page 76 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 83 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go gt Turnthe mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go from position 1 to posi tion 2 The trunk is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back to position and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt page 83 When you lock the vehicle gt page 89 the trunk is also locked Trunk emergency release You can unlock the trunk lid from the inside with the emergency release button gt Press emergency release button Q briefly The trunk lid unlocks and opens The trunk lid can be unlocked with the trunk lid emergency release when the vehicle is stationary or while driving The trunk lid emergency release does not unlock the trunk lid if the battery is discon nected or discharged Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button Q flashes for 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened e emergency release button A flashes for 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed Important safety notes Z WARNING While opening the side windows body parts could become trapped between th
176. MATIC fe Summer tires R17 Tires Wheels BA 225 50 R17 94 W BA 7 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm 2 Available as MOExtended __ Wheels and tires R18 Tires FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL2 RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL2 3 R19 Tires FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 245 35 R19 93 Y XL 3 FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 255 35 R19 96 Y XL 3 All weather tires R17 Tires BA 225 50 R17 94 H 2 Available as MOExtended a Wheel and tire combinations Wheels FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm Wheels FA 7 5J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 22 in 56 5 mm FA 7 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Wheels BA 7 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm 3 Additional measures necessary additional wheel arch extension on rear wheel arch Wheel and tire combinations 393 a Wheels FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 7 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm Winter tires R17 Wheels BA 7 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm my Wheels and tires
177. OExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 341 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 381 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Changing a wheel ee Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Ensure the direction of rotat
178. On board computer and displays Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual PARK USA only Canada only Please Release Parking Brake PARK USA only Canada only Parking Brake See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE HOLD function Crosswind Assist hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake PRE SAFE PLUS and COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the amp amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds A condition for automatic release of the electr
179. PACK trunk box Hi If you exceed the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box objects can be thrown out of the EASY PACK trunk box and strike vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always observe the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure heavy objects in the trunk outside of the EASY PACK trunk box The maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box is 22 Ibs 10 kg With a load of above approximately 11 Ibs 5 kg the bot tom of the box moves downward until it rests on the mat of the trunk floor Thus overload ing of the box is avoided Adjusting the height to any position Example gt Pull the box out by handle in the direc tion of the arrow all the way to the stop gt Lowering the load surface push the cen ter of load surface down by hand in the direction of the arrow until load surface 2 has reached the desired position and the box is the desired size gt To raise the load surface press switch Load surface 2 of the box moves up auto matically gt To stow the box push the box in by han dle Q all the way to the stop Removing and installing Example gt To install insert retainer of box Q into slots gt Raise box and press hooks 6 into anchorage 4 as far as they will go gt Turn left hand rotating catch counter cloc
180. Pay Wheels and tires Wheels and tires PbS BHH 1 BLBE gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger tight Lowering the vehicle A WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed Fih Beha 1H gt Turn the crank of the jack counter clock wise until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side Wheel and tire combinations gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated 4 to The specified tightening torque is 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the trunk again gt Vehicles with AMG equipment insert the cover into the outer sill gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 361 When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure m
181. Q on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h If you select the reverse gear Blind Spot Assist is not operational The brightness of the warning lamps is auto matically adapted to the brightness of the surroundings Collision warning If a vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp a flashes If the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp There are no further warning tones Driving systems ae Warning display Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist gt page 246 is activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red until the engine is started Display in the assistance graphic When Blind Spot Assist is activated gray radar waves propagating backwards appear next to the vehicle in the assistance display in the multifunction display Above a speed of 20 mph 30 km h the color of the radar waves in the assistance display changes to green 2 Blind Spot Assist is then ready for use Lane Kee
182. S AMIN Es esssesesescncasasssdeesepesesiaateesiaas 335 Exterior lighting CIGAMIMN S scssvsccssvzatvscccs shivisevevccseesas es 333 see Lights Exterior mirrors AGJUSTING 3 soseaavedscesecedatceas cose deceeaassd 118 Dipping automatic eee 119 Folding in out automatically 118 Folding in out electrically 118 Out of position troubleshooting 119 SE NE risiini 118 Storing settings memory func UOM es cessecsnesencvsracatvencossstsssvecteastceste 121 Storing the parking position 119 Eyeglasses compartment 299 eee Features us scc ccccscsei cs sscessecenteseececetesss 306 Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Flat tire Changing a wheel mounting the Spare Wheel isscesevssceseceencscoes 381 MOEXtended tires sessies 341 Preparing the vehicle eee 341 TIRERFIT Kit ccescessenascateciasccscexectcceseeds 342 FIOOFMAtS Areses 322 Fording On flooded roads ec eeeeeeeneeeees 182 Fuel AG dILIVGS cenne 399 Consumption information 399 Consumption statistics 0 237 Displaying the current consump TOM eserinin e EE EES EESE 236 Displaying the range 00 eee 236 Driving tiPS s cisccsevscctestecieecaeciseoes 178 Fuel SAU SC rierien aie 33 Grade gasoline s es 398 Important safety notes oo 398 Problem malfunction s s s 174 REUEN annunin mner 171 Tank content reserve fuel 398 Fuel fi
183. SP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop H If you test the parking brake using a brake dynamometer switch the ignition off Application of the brakes by ESP may oth erwise destroy the brake system When towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised observe the notes on ESP gt page 353 Y ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up and y Y H e the vehicle is moving e the ECO start stop function is activated If the warning lamp lights up continu ously ESP is not available due to a malfunc tion Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 288 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 251 Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General information If the amp ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pu
184. The ECO display border lights up The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption The additionally achieved range displayed under Bonus fr Start does not indicate a fixed consumption reduc tion In addition to driving style the actual con sumption is affected by other factors such as e load e tire pressure e cold start choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are not included in the ECO dis play An economical driving style specially requires driving at moderate engine speeds Achieving a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive the vehicle in drive program E vehi cles with the AGILITY SELECT switch On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the outer area for con stant will change The ECO display summarizes the driving style from the start of the journey to its completion Therefore there are more marked changes in the outer areas at the start of a journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more marked changes perform a manual rest gt page 237 For further information on the ECO display see gt page 236 Braking Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding an
185. You can also stop the 360 camera display from split screen view by selecting the symbol in the display and then confirming with the COMAND controller Vehicles with automatic transmission the 360 camera display is also ended if you select transmission position P oo ty a ge c o0 S T m a Driving systems _ Driving and parking ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the 37 mph 60 km h to 125 mph 200 km h range If ATTEN TION ASSIST detects typical indicators of fati gue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver it suggests taking a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the length of the journey is less than approximately 30 minutes e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 37 mph 60 km h or f
186. a Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm 2 Available as MOExtended Useful information 0 eee 396 Information regarding technical data ness eee eee ee sea 396 Identification plates 05 396 Service products and filling capaci ties eee es csess 397 Vehicle data eee secese 403 ia Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all iihi bre MLA AG ST FEA raat NE models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of etanan S publication of the Operator s Manual aie Country specific differences are possible i Please nove that your vehicle mer not be l E equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and eee re functions Example vehicle identification plate USA only Read the information on qualified special VIN ist workshops gt page 26 Vehicle model Information regarding technical data DAIMLER AS The data stated here specifically refersto ele ere 2 1200 ir a vehicle with standard equipment Consult Gi 3 1230 Eita Ei an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for ort the data for all vehicle variants and trim Ea at z levels DAWO ON NNN I EL Path fi al dart Identification plates Example vehicle identification plate Canada only cl 1 pl VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehic
187. a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel al Service products and filling capacities Tank capacity Model Total capacity All models 17 4 US gal 66 0 I Model Of which reserve All models Approx 1 8 US gal 7 0 l Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely EJ Only refuel using unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the following e E85 gasoli
188. a way that the vehicle will not sustain dam age even when it is in motion Depending on the vehicle equipment ensure that when the roof carrier is instal led you can e raise the sliding sunroof panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel fully e open the trunk lid fully E To avoid damaging or scratching the cov ers do not use metallic or hard objects to open them An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load may become detached from the vehicle You must therefore ensure that you observe the roof carrier manufacturer s installation instructions Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel cannot be opened if a roof carrier is installed The pan orama roof with power tilt sliding panel can still be raised to allow ventilation of the vehi cle interior If the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel makes contact with a roof carrier approved by Mercedes Benz the sunroof will lower slightly but remain raised at the rear Attaching the roof carrier PP a gt Open covers Q carefully in the direction of the arrow gt Fold covers Q upwards gt Only secure the roof carrier to the anchor age points under covers Q gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Cup holder Important safety notes H Only use the cup holders for containers of the right size and which have lids The drinks could otherwise spill Z W
189. accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist gt Remove your foot from the brake pedal The vehicle is then held for about a second gt Pull away Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the electric parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning ECO start stop function Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stop ped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions of your vehicle Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes ECO start stop display If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop function the symbol is shown in the multifunction display Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is ac
190. adaptive Brake Assist gt page 69 ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 71 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 73 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 74 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 74 e STEER CONTROL gt page 76 If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety sys tems can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Please pay special attention to the notes on tires recommended minimum tire tread depths etc gt page 358 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The ABS warning lamp in the instrument
191. afety notes lamps If you are driving at speeds above 25 km h a Z WARNING If you are driving at speeds above approx Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize imately 16 mph 25 km h road users The headlamp range is set automatically e who have no lights e g pedestrians depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 19 mph 30 km h and no other road users have been detected The high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The 2D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an acci If you are driving at speeds below approx dent imately 16 mph 25 km h or other road users have been detected or the roads are adequately lit Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in Lights and windshield wipers good time The high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The D indicator lamp in Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into the instrument cluster
192. age door drive If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programming process for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Problems when programming If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency used by garage door drive remote control and whether it is supported The transmitter frequency can usually be found on the back of the garage door drive remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz e Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener e When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programming Try var ious angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances If another remote
193. ain country specific varia tions the vehicles are not equipped with a tire change tool kit Some tools for changing a wheel are specific to the vehicle For more information on which tire changing tools are required and approved to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult a qualified specialist workshop Tools required for changing a wheel may include for example e Jack e Wheel chock e Lug wrench e Ratchet wrench e Alignment bolt Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit Example Tire inflation compressor Tire sealant filler bottle Towing eye gt Open the trunk lid gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 305 gt Use the TIREFIT kit gt page 342 Vehicles with MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Towing eye gt To remove the towing eye open the trunk lid gt Pull towing eye Q to the left and remove it gt To replace the towing eye slide towing eye 1 with the thread into the rear end of the bracket gt Push towing eye C on the eyelet towards the right until it engages in the bracket Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat prop erties gt page 341 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a TIREFIT kit gt page 340 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 381 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffi
194. aint forwards in the direction of the arrow until it engages in the desired position gt To move backwards press and hold release button a gt Push the head restraint back gt Release the release button once the head restraint is in the desired position gt Ensure that the head restraint has engaged properly Adjusting the head restraint height manually Seats steering wheel and mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors Ef Adjusting the height of the head restraints electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 110 up or down in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height gt Once the head restraint is fully lowered press release catch Q gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch Q and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Installing and removing rear head restraints gt Release the rear seat backrest and fold it slightly forwards gt page 302 gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch Q and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt To re install insert the head restraint so that the notches on the bar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position gt Fold back the re
195. also pull away when it is facing an unidentified obstacle or is driving on a different line from another vehicle The vehicle then brakes automatically There is arisk of an accident Be ready to brake at all times If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed However the vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC Plus supports a sporty driving style when you have selected the S or S driving program gt page 168 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the C or E driving program the vehi cle accelerates more gently This setting is recommended in stop and start traffic Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are driving faster than 45 mph 70 km h e you switch on the appropriate turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too sma
196. always clearly iden tify objects and complex traffic conditions In these cases PRE SAFE Brake may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake especially if PRE SAFE Brake warns you Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation In order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and thus prevent a col lision you must apply the brakes yourself PRE SAFE Brake can also brake the vehicle automatically under the following conditions e the driver and front passenger have their seat belts fastened and e the vehicle speed is between approx imately 4 mph 7 km h and 124 mph 200 km h At a speed of up to approximately 44 mph 70 km h PRE SAFE Brake can also detect e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result PRE SAFE Brake may neither give warnings nor intervene in all critical sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition
197. ameras in the virtual top view H Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline Top view with picture from the rear view camera Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image Guide line for the maximum steering angle Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Driving systems Driving and parking __ Driving and parking PL Vehicle center axle marker assistance Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Bumper Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle The guide lines are shown when the trans mission is in position R The distance specifications only apply to objects that are at ground level Top view with picture from the front cam Pd aies Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and front camera i
198. amp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear center restraint system has malfunctioned The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain airbag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be trig gered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays Pe Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even Airbag Disabled though See Operator s Man an adult ual i e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to th
199. an then be reversed If the seat belt pre tensioning is not reduced gt Move the seat backrest or seat back slightly when the vehicle is stationary The seat belt pre tensioning is reduced and the locking mechanism is released The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function You will find information on the convenience func tion under Belt adjustment gt page 47 Introduction PRE SAFE PLUS is only available in vehicles with the Driving Assistance package Using the radar sensor system PRE SAFE PLUS is able to detect that a head on or rear end collision is imminent In certain hazard ous situations PRE SSAFE PLUS takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safety notes The intervention of PRE SAFE PLUS cannot prevent an imminent collision The driver is not warned when PRE SAFE PLUS intervenes PRE SAFE PLUS does not intervene if the vehicle is backing up PRE SAFE PLUS does not perform braking actions while the vehicle is in motion or when Parking Guidance is active Function PRE SAFE PLUS intervenes in certain situa tions if the radar sensor system detects an imminent head on or rear end collision PRE SAFE PLUS takes the following meas ures depending on the hazardous situation detected e if the radar sensor system detects that a head on collision is imminent the seat belts are pre tensioned e if the radar s
200. ance to the vehicle in front will be too short MeN Obstructions and stationary vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short way DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta cles or stationary vehicles If for example the Driving and parking Driving systems detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these Crossing vehicles e mn FHT DISTRONIC PLUS may mistakenly detect vehicles that are crossing your lane Activat ing DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with crossing traffic for example could cause your vehicle to pull away unintentionally DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot General notes DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot aids you in keeping the vehicle in the center of the driving lane by means of moderate steering interventions in a speed range from 0 125 mph 0 200 km h It monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of camera system Q at the top of the windshield At speeds of more than 37 mph 60 km h Steering Assist focuses on clear lane mark ings left and right In a speed range from 0 37 mph 0 60 km h Stop amp Go Pilot focuses on the vehicle in front taking into account lane markings e g when following vehicles in a traffic jam If these conditions
201. and be ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene If adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS With the help of adaptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of col lision with the vehicle in front it calculates the braking force necessary to avoid a colli sion If you apply the brakes forcefully adap Driving safety systems tive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic conditions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph 250 km h adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been
202. ane This may be the case if there are vehicles at the inner edge of your lane Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside particularly long vehicles e g trucks for a prolonged time Warning display Warning display Active Blind Spot Assist is not operational at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp Q on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h If you select the reverse gear Active Blind Spot Assist is not operational Driving systems The brightness of the warning lamps is auto matically adapted to the brightness of the surroundings When Active Blind Spot Assist is activated gray radar waves propagating backwards appear next to the vehicle in the assistance display in the multifunction display Above a speed of 20 mph 30 km h the color of the radar waves in the assistance display changes to green 2 Active Blind Spot Assist is then ready for use Visual and aco
203. ansmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection A Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged The vehicle battery like other batteries can discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charge
204. ar seat backrest until it engages Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back Switching the seat heating on off Switching on off A WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button C repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the
205. area is located on the headliner in the rear compartment The warning display for each side of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg Driving systems rea ments PARKTRONIC is operational if opera tional readiness indicator lights up The selected transmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling deter mine which warning display is active when the engine is running Transmission Warning display position D Front area activated R Nor the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling back activated wards P No areas activated One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two sec onds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Vehicles with AIRMATIC Indicator lamp To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC If indicator lamp is on then PARKTRONIC is deactivated Active Parking Assist is then also deactivated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Vehicles without AIRMATIC Driving and parking To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp If indicator lamp 2 ligh
206. artKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the 8 rocker switch Nore or gt Set the airflow using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Setting the rear compartment airflow gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press the top or bottom section of the MENY rocker switch The Audio 20 COMAND climate control menu opens gt Select the Synchronization function in the climate control menu see separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instruc tions The airflow setting for the front area is adopted for the rear compartment Setting the rear compartment airflow using the rear control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the 8 rocker switch on the rear control panel The selected airflow level set is shown in the rear compartment display Operating the climate control systems Activating deactivating Dual zone automatic climate control gt Press the upper or lower section of the SYNC rocker switch The indicator lamp in the sync rocker switch lights up or goes out or gt Activate deactivate the synchronization function using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions
207. ased e ESP must be active but not intervening e Active Parking Assist must not be activa ted e the transmission must be in position D e the driver s door must be closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door and rear doors must be closed Activating gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 2 or press it up 4 or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q to the pressure point for a higher speed or down for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced or gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q past the pressure point for a higher speed or down for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Passive mes sage appears in the multifunction display The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you determine b
208. aster than 125 mph 200 km h e if you are driving with the active Steer Assist of DISTRONIC PLUS e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break Displaying the attention level last Break 02 34 h Ago Attention Level You can have current status information dis played in the assistance menu gt page 244 of the on board computer gt Select the Assistance display for Attention Assist using the on board computer gt page 243 The following information is displayed e length of the journey since the last break e the attention level determined by ATTEN TION ASSIST Attention Level dis played in a bar display in five levels from high to low e If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the attention level and cannot output a warning the System Suspended message appears The bar display then changes the display e g if you are driving at a speed below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h Activating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 246 The system determines the attention level of the driver depending on the setting selected
209. at are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps oo om i a To c oo S aA Pal Driving systems _ Driving and parking PA bd eet Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example a Lew f a fe a E he E kj P eDiets it ote re mm m ie EO N ah Fii eG The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 334 Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in approx 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is in the instrument cluster The warning display for the rear
210. at should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec Ea Occupant safety A Y Ge N essary repair work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do not light up during the system self test the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with high deceler ation This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the f
211. ata recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz USA LLC MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Restraint System Module Tampering with altering modifying or removing the EDR com ponent may result in a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and other systems Introduction ra State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict
212. ater gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork Carefully remove all deposits of road salt as soon as possible when driving in winter Power washers WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components e battery e connectors e lights e seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures E Maintenance and care _ Maintenance and care H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the
213. ations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width E Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Example e Treadwear grade 200 e Traction grade AA e Temperature grade A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate conditions Traction Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive trai
214. avy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again Securing systems for the child restraint sys tem are e the seat belt system e the ISOFIX LATCH type securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS gt page 51 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag Children in the vehicle aie Safety E al Children in the vehicle Safety m All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system Z WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child
215. ay In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are illuminated A dimming function is not possible in daylight Displays and operation or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before n opening the hood If there is a fire in the e Cruise control pervaled gt page 183 engine compartment keep the hood closed The segments light up from the stored and contact the fire department speed to the maximum speed e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 185 Il A display message is shown if the coolant One or two segments in the set speed temperature is too high range light up If the coolant temperature is over 248 F DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle infront 120 C do not continue driving The The segments between the speed of the enginewil otherwise be daiaged _ vehicle in front and the stored speed light The analog coolant temperature gauge is in up the instrument cluster on the right hand side gt page 33 In the on board computer in the Service menu there is a digital coolant temperature gauge gt page 244 Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant tem perature may rise to 248 F 120 C The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available H Do not drive in the overrewing range as this could damage the engine i On board computer and displays The red band in the tachome
216. ays gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission will not be available Warning indicator lamp Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster gt Signal type Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds EBD is not available due to a malfunction Therefore ABS BAS BAS PLUS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Crosswind Assist PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake HOLD function hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Driv
217. battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off If drive program E gt page 168 is selec ted the power of the seat heating is reduced Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Problems with the seat heating Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat heating has The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as switched on the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating can be switched back on manually Activating deactivating The three blue indicator lamps in the buttons indicate the ventilation level you have selec ted gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the battery voltage is too low the seat ventilation may switch off You can open the side windows and the sliding sunroof using the Convenience opening feature gt page 98 The seat ven tilation of the driver s seat automatically switches to the highest level When the vehicle is stationary the fan speed can be reduced automatically This reduces the noises of the seat ventilation Ste
218. be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Drive program S Sport Plus Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e the vehicle delivers extremely sporty han dling characteristics e the vehicle pulling away in first gear e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points e the suspension exhibits particularly stiff springing and damping settings vehicles with AIRMATIC e the ECO start stop function is not available Drive program S Sport Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e the vehicle exhibits sporty driving charac teristics e the vehicle pulling away in first gear e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points e the suspension exhibits hard springing and damping settings vehicles with AIRMATIC Drive program C Comfort Drive program C is characterized by the fol lowing e the vehicle delivers comfortable economi cal handling characteristics e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner The vehicle i
219. board computer and displays The yellow warning lamp lights up If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes The electric parking brake is malfunctioning It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the transmission to P as the electric parking brake is not being applied automatically gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake manually gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 176 Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARK USA The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten only Iicanada seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or only released It then goes out or remains lit Parking Brake Inop The electric parking brake is malfunctioning e g because of over erative voltage or undervoltage gt Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage e g by charging the battery or restarting the engine gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Engage or release the ele
220. bove freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit For the correct mixing ratio refer to the information on the antifreeze reservoir Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member E Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work shop AVZ 1 aT Cod i ELT Refrigerant instruction label i R 134a ey E jif E r PO E E ATE Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Appl
221. c gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 157 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door Flat tire ee General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 375 MOExtended tires may only be use
222. can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction A correctly fastened seat belt is the most effective means of restraining the movement of vehicle occupants in the event of an acci dent or overturn This reduces the risk of vehicle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being thrown from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupants in the best position in relation to the air bag The seat belt system consists of e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear compartment e Belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled quickly or suddenly from the belt sash guide the inertia reel locks The belt strap cannot be pulled out fur ther Emergency Tensioning Devices tighten the seat belts in an accident pulling them close against the occupant s body They do not however pull vehicle occupants back towards the backrest Emergency Tensioning Devices do not cor rect an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts When activated the belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehi cle occupants The belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This makes it possible to reduce the forces to which v
223. cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires anda tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop In cases such as the one mentioned above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi See the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar or the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap for values gt To increase the tire pressure switch on the tire inflation compressor Pit eo 1 dt gt To reduce the tire pressure depress pressure release button next to pres sure gauge 10 gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the sealed tire gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor The filler hose remains attached to the tire sealant bottle gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire changed there gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every fo
224. causes consequences and gt Solutions BRAKE gt erare USA only Canada only the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The brake boosting effect is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be affected There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstan ces gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display BRAKE gt Braxe USA only Canada only the red brake system warning lamp BRAKE is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstan ces gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the malfunction gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additi
225. ccupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa tions e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets e Close lockable stowage compartments gt To lock insert the mechanical key into the while driving lock and turn it 90 clockwise to position e Stow and secure objects that are heavy 2 hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too gt To unlock insert the mechanical key into large in the trunk the lock and turn it 90 counter clockwise to position 1 Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 Eyeglasses compartment Stowage compartments in the front 7 oO Glove box z p is oO Qe mo c oO oO 60 oO z O gt To open press marking 4 The eyeglasses compartment opens down wards gt To open pull handle and open glove box To close press marking again and the flap eyeglasses compartment returns upwards gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards and engages until it engages Make sure that the eyeglasses compartment Objects in A4 format or aniPad for example is always closed while the vehicle is in motion can be stored in the glove box For vehicles with a perfume atomizer gt page 150 the storage space of the glove box is restricted Stowage c
226. cczeseataascechssetias 34 Parking Drake saienisi 290 PASSENGER AIR BAG nsee 43 R serve fuel renye 291 Restraint system seee 290 Seat Del be sereias 284 StEETINE irere p E RR 295 Tire pressure MONItOF sessen 294 Warranty ic ccncciicadennnee 23 Washer fluid Display message seee 282 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tightening torque 386 Wheel Chock n e 382 Wheels Changing a wheel eseese 381 CHECKING ccscssscoissccusdesseeesshcschsnteres 359 Cleaning succes necicecsnce 333 Important safety notes s 358 Interchanging changing 4 381 Mounting a new wheel neee 385 Mounting a wheel 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee 381 Removing a wheel sesser 385 SUORIMG xcazsscuecesescost caaesesetoasceesst aes 381 Tightening torque seeeeeeeeereeeees 386 Wheel size tire size eeeeeeeee 386 Window curtain air bag Display message ecce 261 OperatiOM sisisi 51 Windows see Side windows Windshield Defr sting stscceisczsecccsapescecececeatedateis 147 Windshield washer fluid see Windshield washer system Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid s e 327 NOTES i wessscctceseticnistehaienieciienss 402 Windshield wipers Problem malfunction eee 136 Replacing the wiper blades 134 Switching On Off sessies 133 Winter driving Important safety notes s s s 360 Slippery road surfaces eeee 182 SNOW CHAINS sieccvsscagsiecsiesecdeaterserscss
227. ce Center can pro vide improved support for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance Cen ter The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance Center You will see the following message in the COMAND display Roadside Assistance Connected If the remote malfunction diag nosis can be started the Request for Vehicle Diagnostics Received Start vehicle diagnostics message appears in the display gt Press the Yes button to confirm the mes sage gt When the Vehicle Diagnostics Please Start Ignition message appears turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Ifthe Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears please follow the instructions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position The message in the display disappears The vehicle operating state check begins During this procedure you will see the Vehicle Diagnostics Active message If you select Cancel the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis is canceled com pletely When the check i
228. cedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi facturing standards ate from the data in the example The markings described above are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designa tion and the manufacturer s name If T precedes the size description these are compact emergency spare wheels at high tire Tire size designation load bearing pressure to be used only temporarily in an capacity and speed rating emergency Z WARNING Tire width tire width shows the nominal Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa tire width in millimeters city and the approved maximum speed could Height width ratio aspect ratio is the lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There size ratio between the tire height and tire is a risk of accident width and is shown in percent The aspect All about wheels and tires e Wheels and tires ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim dia
229. cesesseetescaoahch bvssaseteceses cats 129 Reading lamp sscsccessezesevecevovevasseseses 129 SSS SSS Jack SIMS sss csasececctetcvatvestessnceantesseseseaeae 382 Jump starting engine 0 349 C KEYLESS GO Convenience closing feature 99 Deactivation v 2c cccccciecescsenes 81 LOCKING sierras irns 81 Unlocking serres 81 Key positions SmartKey susanne 157 Start Stop button eee 157 Kickdown DF IVINS tips raens 167 Knee bag eerren 50 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on board COMPUTET cessisse 246 Display message eeeeeseeteeeeees 272 Function information cccce 219 see Active Lane Keeping Assist Lane Tracking package 217 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHOMS 4 6 22 s esses cesestreaceeeees 62 License plate lamp display mes SaGC EEEE 265 Light function active Display MeSSage sonnii 266 Lights Adaptive Highbeam Assist 127 Automatic headlamp mode 124 Cornering light function 127 Driving Abroad oe eee eeseeeeeee eee 124 Fogged up headlamps 0 0 128 Hazard warning lamps e8 127 High beam flasher seeeeeseeeee 126 High beam headlamps 0 126 Light SWIKCH aeee ine esie 124 Low beam headlamps 00 125 Parking IAMPS ce eeeeeseeeeeeeneeeees 126 Rear fog lampies 125 Setting exterior
230. cing brake disks The vehicle is equipped with lightweight brake disks to which the wheel assembly with rim and threaded connection is matched oo a i a Ee c o0 S k A si ving s Driving and parking The use of brake disks other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can change the track width and is subject to approval if appli cable Shock type loads when handling the brake disks such as when changing wheels can lead to a reduction in comfort when driving with lightweight brake disks Avoid shock type loads on the lightweight brake disks particularly on the brake plate Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety Driving on wet roads Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e avoid sudden steering movements e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Bear
231. cles in the monitoring range are then not indicated 108 in ory Pa PES Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors The sensors must not be covered for exam ple by cycle racks or overhanging loads Fol lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam age to the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Warning display Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp
232. cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fied specialist workshop Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e marks caused by growth and injury e slight nuances of color These are characteristics of leather and not material defects Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sec tions to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e clean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts Z WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do not clean the seat belt
233. code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire characteristics This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to
234. crease in brake pressure will be carried out at the last possi ble moment When driving at a speed above 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal sharply BAS PLUS automatically raises the brake pressure to a value adapted to the traf fic situation BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in haz ardous situations with vehicles in front within a speed range between 4 mph 7 km h and 155 mph 250 km h At speeds of up to approximately 44 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS can react to e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle e objects crossing your path and that are recognized in the detection range of the sensors If BAS PLUS demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger pro tection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes func tion as usual again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer a risk of collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle e you depress the accelerator pedal e you activate kickdown COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS General information COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con sists of a distance warning function with an autonomous emergency braking function and adaptive Brake Assist
235. ction range under the bumper with your foot You will hear a warning tone while the trunk lid is opening or closing gt If the trunk lid does not open after sev eral attempts wait at least ten seconds then move your leg under the bumper once again If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long the trunk lid does not open or close Repeat the leg movement more quickly if this occurs To stop the opening or closing procedure e move your foot in sensor detection range under the bumper or e pull the handle on the outside of the trunk lid or press the closing button in the trunk lid or e press the 5 button on the SmartKey If the trunk lid closing procedure has been stopped e move your foot under the bumper again and the trunk lid will open If the trunk lid opening procedure has been stopped e move your foot under the bumper again and the trunk lid will close Opening closing automatically from inside Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped dur ing automatic closing of the trunk lid More over people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e Press the 5 e press the remote operating switch
236. ctive tire pressure monitor and on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 341 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires ea Winter operation A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Winter operation Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 381 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accide
237. ctric parking brake If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up and the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop PARK USA The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp lights p only Canada You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni only tion was switched off Turn On the Igni gt Switch on the ignition tion to Release the Parking Brake Display messages a On board computer and displays Display messages only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Check Brake Pad Wear QSOS Inoperative Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the erake USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident
238. curs if e you clearly and actively steer brake or accelerate e you Cut the corner on a sharp bend e you have switched on the turn signal e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e ESP is switched off e the transmission is not in position D e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed e an obstacle in the lane in which you are driving has been detected Active Lane Keeping Assist may not detect other road users or traffic situations An inap propriate brake application may be interrup ted at any time if you e steer slightly in the opposite direction e switch on the turn signal e clearly brake or accelerate A lane correcting brake application is inter rupted automatically if e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e lane markings can no longer be recognized Switching on Active Lane Keeping Assist gt Press button Indicator lamp lights up The Lane Keeping Assist On message appears in the multifunction display If all conditions have been satisfied a warning or steering intervention may be made If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 243 are shown in
239. d Weight of optional extras The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 5 lbs 2 3 kg These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accesso ries TIN Tire Identification Number This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date Load bearing index The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Treadwear indicators Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Total load limit Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg 150 Ibs multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle Changing a wheel The Breakdown assistance section gt page 341 contains information and notes on how to deal with a flat tire Information on driving with M
240. d e Side impact air bags on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Tension ing Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat and outer seats in the sec ond row The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the fol lowing situations the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger is occupied e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other Occupant safety A oO Ge N Ea Occupant safety Safety How the air bag system works is deter mined by the severity of the accident detec ted especially the vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the apparent type of acci dent e frontal collision e side impact e rollover Introduction PRE SAFE takes preemptive measures to protect occupants in certain hazardous sit uations Important safety notes H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats whe
241. d accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by shifting early to a lower gear This allows you to take advantage of the engine braking effect and helps avoid overheating and excessive wear of the brakes When you take advantage of the engine braking effect a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g ona slippery road sur face This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Heavy and light loads A WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately Drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through d
242. d modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may sustain non visible damage in an accident e g due to glass splinters Modi fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Modified Emergency Ten sioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion A Occupant safety When fastening the seat belt always make Fastening and adjusting the seat belts sure that Please take note of the safety notes on seat e the seat belt tongue is only inserted tothe belts gt
243. d Spot Assist radar sensors are integrated into the front and rear bumpers and behind a cover in the radiator grill Make sure that the bumpers and the cover in the radiator grill are free of dirt ice or slush The rear sensors must not be covered e g by bicycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Active Blind Spot Assist may oth erwise no longer work properly Monitoring area Z WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all traffic situations and road users There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that there is sufficient dis tance onthe side for other traffic or obstacles Pe PEL Active Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram The detection of obstacles can be impaired in the case of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e poor visibility e g due to rain snow or spray Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Active Blind Spot Assist may not detect nar row vehicles such as motorcycles or bicy cles or may only detect them too late If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their l
244. d guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle The guide lines are shown when the trans mission is in position R The distance specifications only apply to objects that are at ground level k PH b las J Front warning display Additional PARKTRONIC measurement operational readiness indicator Rear warning display Vehicles with PARKTRONIC when PARKTRONIC is operational gt page 200 additional measurement operational readi ness indicator 2 appears in the Audio 20 COMAND display If the PARKTRONIC warn ing displays are active or light up warning displays Q and are also active or light up correspondingly in the Audio 20 COMAND display Reverse parking function Backing up straight into a parking space without turning the steering wheel Phd boR White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle gt Make sure that the rear view camera is switched on gt page 208 The lane and the guide lines are shown gt With the help of white guide line Q check whether the vehicle will
245. d in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 277 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving distance is approx imately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e Speed e Road condition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h oO Oo a N wn lt oO w me oO fe as ja Roadside Assistance When replacing one or all tires make sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a standard tire may be used as a temporary measure Make sure that you use the proper size and type sum mer or winter
246. d inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 200 warning messages during the parking procedure e Youcan intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parking Assist will then be canceled e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road e g not on the pavement Detecting parking spaces Objects located above the height range of Active Parking Assist will not be detected when the parking space is measured These are not taken into account when the parking procedure is calculated e g overhanging loads tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles Driving systems ke Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range e Active Park Assist may steer too early e the vehicle may not stop in front of these objects You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist For further information on the detection range gt pag
247. d pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and drive program E or Status symbol drive program Transmission position Gear re Automatic transmission The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display The arrows in the transmission position dis play show how and into which transmission positions you can change using the DIRECT SELECT lever Transmission positions ea Park position This prevents the vehicle from roll ing away when stopped Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 164 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the electronic parking brake in addi tion to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle The automatic transmission shifts to P automatically if you e remove the SmartKey e switch off the engine when in R or D and open one of the front doors If the vehicle electronics are mal functioning the transmission may be locked in position P Have the vehicle electronics checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop R Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary N Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving Otherwise the auto matic transmission could be dam aged No power is tran
248. damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals
249. ded The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 298 Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident he
250. defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents Directs air through the footwell air vents v Directs air through the center side and footwell vents v4 Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents vs Directs air through the defroster cen ter side and footwell vents Directs air through the defroster cen ter and side air vents s Sets the air distribution to automatic Adjusting 3 zone automatic climate control you can set the air distribution separately for the driver s and front passenger side gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 gt page 157 gt Press the 54 button up or down The various air distribution settings appear in Audio 20 COMAND gt Press and hold the 44 button upwards until the desired position is reached or gt Set the air distribution using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the rocker switch Nore or gt Set the airflow using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions 3 zone automatic climate control Adjusting the front compartment airflow You can set the airflow separately for the front and rear compartment gt Turn the Sm
251. dow curtain air bags Q are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 56 Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely nec
252. e 199 Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces at right angles to the direc tion of travel if e two parking spaces are located directly next to one another e the parking space is directly next to a low obstacle such as a low curb e you park forwards Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel if e the parking space is on a curb e the system reads the parking space as being blocked for example by foliage or grass paving blocks e the area is too small for the vehicle to maneuver into e the parking space is bordered by an obsta cle e g a tree a post or a trailer oo i a ge c bo 5 T m ra Driving systems __ Driving and parking Detected parking space on the left Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Active Parking Assist is switched on automat ically when driving forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Active Parking Assist will only detect parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 59 in 1 5 m wide e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m longer than your vehic
253. e SmartKey with you You can combine the functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a con ventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey The driver s door and the door at which the handle is used must both be closed The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the SmartKey and the cor responding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when starting the engine e whilst driving e when the external door handles are touched e during convenience closing rics Opening and closing vs smarty Opening and closing td gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor sur face or Make sure that you do not touch the inner surface of the door handle gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2 for an exten ded period Further information on the convenience closing feature gt page 99 gt To unlock the trunk lid pull the handle on the trunk lid Deactivating If you do not intend to use the vehicle for a longer period of time you can deactivate KEY LESS GO The SmartKey will then use
254. e atomizer checked at a qualified specialist workshop lonization lonization is used to purify the air in the vehi cle interior and attain an improved interior climate The ionization of the interior air is odorless and cannot be perceived directly in the vehi cle interior You can switch ionization on off using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions lonization can only be operated when the automatic climate control is switched on The side air vent on the driver s side must be open Setting the air vents Important safety notes Z WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior Setting the center air vents Setting the air vents gt To open close turn thumbwheel or to the left or right as far as it will go gt To adjust the air direction hold center air vent 4
255. e brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal 1 Driving and parking sia ving _ Driving and parking e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine Deactivating activating the ECO start stop function gt To switch off press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 goes out gt To switch on press ECO button Q Indicator lamp lights up If indicator lamp 2 is off the ECO start stop function has been deactivated manually or as the result of a malfunction The engine will then not be switched off automatically when the vehicle stops Selecting drive program S deactivates the ECO start stop function If you press ECO button Q the ECO start stop function is activated bing cs Problems with the engine Problem The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor The engine is not run ning smoothly and is misfiring The coolant t
256. e control is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Select one of buttons to to use to control the garage door drive gt To start programming mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ming mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp Q lights up yellow as soon as button 2 or is programmed for the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator Stowage and features Stowage and features lamp Q will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control G towards buttons 2 to 4 on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button 6 on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doi
257. e current speed or call up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it is lower than the current speed the vehicle deceler ates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could decelerate unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down 2 to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced Cruise con
258. e freeway This could damage the inertia reel Therefore either close the side window or retract the roller sunblind before driving at high speeds gt To extend pull the roller sunblind out by tab Q and hook it onto retainers at the top of the window Rear window roller sunblind Important safety notes Z WARNING When extending or retracting parts of the body could become trapped within the sweep of the roller sunblind There is a risk of injury When extending or retracting make sure that no one has any parts of the body within the sweep of the roller sunblind If someone becomes trapped briefly press the button again The opening or closing procedure will be stopped H Make sure that the roller sunblind can move freely Otherwise the roller sunblind or other objects could be damaged Extending retracting the roller sun blind p gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To extend or retract briefly press but ton The roller sunblind fully extends or fully retracts gt To stop briefly press button Q again The roller sunblind stops briefly and moves back into the out of use position Front ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit ciga rettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged gt To open open the stowage compartment
259. e hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied Message memory The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Press the W or A button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press W or A to select the message memory If there are no display messages you will see No Messages in the multifunction display If there are display messages the number of messages stored is shown gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to scroll through the display messages Display messages a Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Brake System ESP Electronic Stability Program BAS Brake Assist PRE SSAFE HOLD function Crosswind Assist hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake PRE SSAFE PLUS and COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the amp
260. e hood is opened and held open automatically by the gas filled strut Closing the hood gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Do not cover up the radiator such as with a thermal mat or insect protection cover The readings of the on board diagnostic system may otherwise be inaccurate Some of these readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times General notes Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement Maintenance and care Checking the oil level using the oil dip stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust s
261. e not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on the mobile phone see the sepa rate operating instructions gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Press Y or A on the steering wheel to select the Telephone menu gt Confirm by pressing OK wheel on the steering You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phone No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call gt Press the wheel to accept an incoming call Vain button on the steering If someone calls you when you are in the Telephone menu a display message appears in the multifunction display If you are not inthe Telephone menu you can still accept a call Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering
262. e on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop N gt Q xe me io Som oO P gt Q E e ge hes oO fo a O 288 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warning D gt Signal type indicator Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp BRAKE e gt praxe USA only Canada only the red brake warning lamp the a yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamp and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running ABS and ESP are not available due to a malfunction Therefore BAS BAS PLUS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS EBD PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake HOLD function hill start assist Crosswind Assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING NW The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase oa On board computer and displays If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display message
263. e on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Pel Display messages i On board computer and displays Display messages Steering Mal func tion See Opera tor s Manual om Before Starting the Engine Turn Steering Wheel Phone No Service Check Washer Fluid SmartKey Display messages Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle A Take Your Key from Ignition Obtain a New Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The electric steering lock is malfunctioning A WARNING The steering may be locked by the electric steering lock There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Do not drive on and consult the nearest qualified specialist workshop The electric steering lock was unable to unlock the steering gt Remove the key from the ignition lock gt To unlock the steering move the steering wheel slightly gt Insert the key into the ignition lock again Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped bel
264. e operating instructions Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk You could otherwise lock yourself out You should preferably place luggage or loads in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 Vehicles with trunk lid remote closing feature the trunk lid is equipped with auto matic obstacle detection with reversing fea ture If a solid object blocks or restricts the trunk lid when automatically opening this procedure is stopped If a solid object blocks or restricts the trunk lid when automatically closing the trunk lid opens again automati cally The automatic obstacle recognition with reversing feature is only an aid It is not a substitute for your attentiveness when open ing and closing the trunk lid A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e press the 5 button on the SmartKey or e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid or e pull on the trunk lid handle Vehicles with HANDS FREE ACCESS it is also possible to stop the closing process by performing a
265. e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Care Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings F
266. e seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is Z WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds e after this the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has dis abled the front passenger air bag gt page 52 e the display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual must not appear in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display On board computer and displays If these conditions are fulf
267. e side win dow and the door frame as the side window moves There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some body becomes trapped release the switch or pull the switch to close the side window again Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Side window reversing feature The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window from trav eling upwards during automatic operation the side window opens again automatically During the manual closing process the side window only opens again automatically after the corresponding switch is released The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is no substitute for your attention when clos ing a side window Z WARNING The reversing feature does not react
268. e sure that the doors and the trunk lid are locked gt Carefully press the protective cap onto the lock cylinder until it engages and is seated firmly Do not pull the door handle when doing so All vehicles If you lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not armed Important safety notes F WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 403 You can limit the opening angle of the trunk lid in COMAND or Audio 20 see the separat
269. e the side windows after you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door When the override feature for the side win dows is activated gt page 65 the side win dows cannot be operated from the rear Information on opening and closing the roller sunblinds on the rear side windows gt page 308 General notes Vehicles with KEYLESS GO or KEYLESS GO start function you can ventilate the vehi cle before you start driving If the SmartKey is in close proximity to the vehicle the convenience opening function is available To do this the SmartKey is used to carry out the following functions simultaneously e unlock the vehicle e open the side windows e open the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblind e switch on the seat ventilation for the driv er s seat Convenience opening gt Press and hold the g button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are in the desired position If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds are opened first gt Press and hold the g button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To interrupt convenience opening release the g button
270. e upper steer ing limiter Position of the steering wheel for driv ing The steering wheel is moved to the last selec ted position when e the driver s door is closed and you insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock e you Close the driver s door when the igni tion is switched on e you press the Start Stop button once on vehicles with KEYLESS GO The steering wheel only returns to the last set position if the driving position is stored after the seat or steering wheel has been adjusted gt page 121 The most recent driving position of the steer ing wheel is stored if e the ignition is switched off e the setting is stored with the memory func tion gt page 121 Crash responsive EASY EXIT feature If the crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened or the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational if the EASY EXIT ENTRY fea ture is activated in Audio 20 COMAND see the separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instructions gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever forwards or back Important safety notes Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the s
271. e vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call Tn gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavailable mbrace will not be able to make the emer gency call If you leave the vehicle
272. e vehicle against roll IMS AWAY a3sc5 ele eteie dis a E 382 MP3 OB ERALL OM oporse siete sE 241 Multifunction display FUNCtION NOTES sssini 233 Permanent display sssini 248 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 231 OVERVIEW oii cccetcencsesesesedesecterseasuseststs 35 Navigation Menu on board computer 238 Notes on breaking in a new vehi ClO ciocescee sii costs anaceae eines 156 Occupant Classification System OCS Conditions serseri n A 51 RAUS aeae E tread 55 Operation 00 ceeeeeeees System self test Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci Important safety notes Pets in the vehicle ccesseeereee 65 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu pant PKOLECTION meseisses 58 Seat belt sessirnir 44 ocs Op ratioiies nnne eani 52 System selest cssseeesssecesosesees 54 Odometer eere Oil see Engine oil On board computer Assistance graphic Menu sses Assistance MENU seser Displaying a service message Display messages s es DISTRONIC PLUS ssisipieisiereresiaitaias Factory SettingS ossis Head up display ccscescesesesses Important safety notes 0 0 Instrument cluster menu Lights MENU cscs ceeisecdecdesttesseessscesteoss Media MENU isora Menu OvervieW ssssessssecrcesssssesssessss Message MEMOS n sesscseeesrer Navigation MeN es eeeeeseereeeeee Operation ssanie Radio MENU es csdsccesesscsnssacssscs
273. e vehicle is automatically low ered by 0 6 in 15 mm in the E and C drive programs When driving at speeds below 50 mph 80 km h the vehicle is raised again _4MATIC permanent four wheel drive 4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are per manently driven Together with ESP it improves the traction of your vehicle when ever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic con ditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away e Accelerate less when driving HM Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground Inwintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary PARKTRONIC Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultraso
274. e vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location It may be the case that Active Parking Assist guides you too far into a parking space or not far enough into it In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary you should can cel the parking procedure with Active Park ing Assist You can also select preselect transmission position D The vehicle redirects and does not drive as far into the parking space Should the transmission change take place too early the parking procedure will be canceled A sensible parking position can no longer be achieved from this position Exiting a parking space In order that Active Parking Assist can sup port you when you exit the parking space e the border of the parking space must be high enough at the front and the rear A curb is too small for example e the border of the parking space must not be too wide as the position of the vehicle must not exceed an angle of 45 to the starting oo pen a ge c oo gt k A Se Driving systems a Driving and parking position as it is maneuvering into the park ing space e a maneuvering distance of at least 3 3 ft 1 0 m must be available Active Parking Assist can only assist you with exiting a parking space if you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direction of travel using Active Parking Assist If PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking A
275. eable click gt Make sure that the wiper blade is seated correctly ee Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers le Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely The windshield washer fluid from the spray nozzles no longer hits the center of the wind shield Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The spray nozzles are misaligned gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work shop tse Useful information 00 138 Overview of climate control sys TOMS coseno a a E aa 138 Operating the climate control sys tems ooe ents 142 Setting the air vents 0 152 Climate control i Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip men
276. ear This setting can be stored using memory button M a gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position that allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb gt Press memory button M Q and one of the arrows on adjustment button 2 within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt If the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side using button gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e about ten seconds after you have disen gaged reverse gear e if you press button for the exterior mir ror on the driver s side Memory function Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stati
277. eat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING The exterior mirror on the front passenger side reduces the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the dis tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 l Mirrors Adjusting the exterior mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press button for the right hand exterior mirror or button for the left hand exte rior mirror The indicator lamp lights up in the button that has been pressed The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button up down or to the left or right until you have adjusted the exterior mirror to the correct position You should have a good overview of traffic con ditions The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field of vision After the engine has been started the exte rior mirrors are automatically hea
278. eats LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seats according to the manufacturer s instructions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between the child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the vehicle This helps reduce the risk of injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of an acci dent heavy braking or sudden changes of direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunction display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds Top Tether anchorages Top Teth
279. ecognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend General notes The Active Driving Assistance PLUS package consists of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 185 Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 221 and Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 224 Active Blind Spot Assist General notes Active Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system pointed toward the rear of the vehi cle to monitor the area to the sides of the vehicle which the driver is unable to see A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the cor responding turn signal to change lane you will also receive an optical and audible warn ing If a risk of lateral collision is detected corrective braking may help you avoid a col lision Active Blind Spot Assist evaluates the free space in the direction of travel and to the side before making a course correcting brake application For this Active Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors which are pointed in the direction of travel Active Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes Active Blind Spot Assist is only an aid and is not a substitute for attentive driving oo pen a To c oo S a Driving systems E Driving and parking A WARNING Active
280. ed at the rear it automatically lowers slightly at higher speeds The noise level in the vehicle interior is reduced as a result At low speeds it raises again automat ically You can continue to operate the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel after you switch off the engine or remove the Smart Key This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door When a roof carrier is mounted the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel cannot be opened The panorama roof with power tilt Opening and closing rc Sliding sunroof Opening and closing LJ sliding panel can still be raised to allow ven tilation of the vehicle interior If the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel makes con tact with a roof carrier approved by Mercedes Benz the sunroof will lower slightly but remain raised at the rear Rain closing feature The raised sliding sunroof automatically low ers at the rear when driving if it starts to rain The sliding sunroof is lowered depending on e the road speed and e the intensity of the rain You can manually cancel the automatic clos ing procedure Press or pull the switch in any direction To raise the sliding sunroof again press the E switch in direction The Rain closing feature when driving func tion is deactivated until you e press or pull the tion or e turn the SmartKey to another position in the ignition lock
281. ed roads off road e No Route No route could be calculated to the selec ted destination Tr al Menus and submenus La On board computer and displays You have reached the destination or an intermediate destination Radio menu 8 OAS DING Frank Sinatra New York New York Waveband Station frequency with memory position Name of artist Name of track Station is displayed with the station fre quency or station name The memory position is only displayed along with station 2 if this has been stored gt Switch on Audio 20 or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Radio menu OK on the steering gt Confirm by pressing wheel Currently selected station 2 appears in the multifunction display gt To open the station list press W or A briefly gt To select a station from the station list press W or A briefly gt To select a station from the station list using rapid scrolling press and briefly hold the W or A button gt To select a waveband or station mem ory press OK briefly gt Use W or A to select the waveband or station memory gt Press OK to confirm the selection
282. ediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Z WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can If you overfill the fuel
283. eeeeeeeees 233 Important safety notes ee 233 Setting the position eee 247 Storing settings memory func TOM assests ERRE 121 Switching on or Off eee eeeeeeeeeeees 234 Switching the display on off 246 Heating see Climate control High beam flasher cesses 126 High beam headlamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist 127 Changing bulbs ssscccscessccasececsssecse 132 Display message ceee 265 Switching On Off sesiis 126 Hill start assist 0 0 eee 160 HOLD function Activating o scc scccceccesenccenstcacssescses 197 De activating cccscccsscasscnecesesesccennseees 197 Display message ceecee 274 FUNCtION NOTES ssosssssrssisrirsseresesss 196 Hood CIOSIN E eaa 325 Display message eccere 281 Important safety notes s s 324 OPONING sirinseveraiisiieioia 324 OMI EE 32 Hydroplaning ee 182 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer ooo ee eee 76 Indicator and warning lamps COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PUUS e fees feos aceasta cezeceanteeees 293 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Insect protection on the radiator 325 Instrument cluster OVEIVICW eeceeeecesereeeseeeeeteereeeeeeeees 33 Warning and indicator lamps 34 Instrument cluster lighting 230 Interior lighting CONTON stersissieveencstbeessticvteneusteieeens 129 Emergency lighting esseeeeeees 130 OVET VIEW
284. eeeeeeees 270 Warning lamp wvescvescccsesssecoseeseneedeeve 291 Residual heat climate control 149 Restraint system Display message secere 260 INtFODUCTION se iscssseatameieiseess 42 Warning lamp eeseeseeeseeseeeeeeeees 290 Warning lamp function eee 43 Reversing feature Panorama sliding sunroof 102 Roller SUNDIINS csipi ens nis 104 Side WINdOWS n se 97 Sliding SUNTOOP aissis 102 TRUK IG serienn 91 Reversing lamps display mes SAGE estes dec cb entve seus T T 266 Roadside Assistance breakdown 24 Roller sunblind Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel vsisi 104 Rear side WINdOWS n 308 Rear WINdOW eeeeeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeees 308 Roller sunblinds panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Operating siesisiiiesisririsrisisiin 105 Roof carrier c2c sc cesssescsshesatgesecease 306 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines eee ee eeeeeseeeeneeeees 337 Roof load maximum 403 ess Safety Children in the vehicle eee 59 Child restraint systems eee 61 Occupant Classification System OGS cs sverrtsteieessstscseritenscenctetacadaviasshs 51 see Operating safety Safety system see Driving safety systems Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger seat belt e eee 47 Adjusting the height seese 46 center rear compartment seat 47 CIS AMINE einen Correct Usage neisi FaSteniN E e
285. eep water You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e In order to prevent any salt build up apply the brakes occasionally while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H A function or performance test should only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamom avg tps eter If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult an authorized
286. efill the pre filled perfume vial when it is empty Dispose of the used vial after use gt Toinsert the perfume vial open the glove box gt page 299 gt Slide the perfume vial into the holder as far as it will go gt To remove the perfume vial pull out the perfume vial gt To refill the perfume vial unscrew the lid of the empty perfume vial to refill it your self gt Refill the vial with a maximum of 15 ml of the desired liquid perfume gt Screw the lid back on to the vial Climate control E H Only refill the vial when you are outside the vehicle Otherwise liquid perfume could drip into the interior and contaminate it Always refill the empty refillable vial with the same perfume Otherwise you might not ach ieve optimum results from the perfume atom izer Ea Setting the air vents Climate control last Problems with the perfume atomizer Problem The vehicle interior is not perfumed although the perfume atomizer is activated will go Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The perfume vial has not been pushed into the holder as far as it gt Slide the perfume vial into the holder as far as it will go The perfume vial has not been adequately filled gt Pre filled vials dispose of the empty vial gt Use a new pre filled vial gt Refillable vials refill the vial with a maximum of 15 ml of the same perfume The perfume atomizer is faulty gt Have the perfum
287. ehicle occupants are subjected during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your jou
288. eight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds e after this the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Classification System has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 52 e the display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages Ai On board computer and displays Display messages Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Disabled See Operator s Manual must not appear in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamps remain lit or go out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly
289. empera ture gauge shows a value above 248 F GiZ0RG Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Before attempting to start the engine again turn the SmartKey in the ignition back to position O or press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out gt Try to start the engine again gt page 159 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 349 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Try to start the engine again gt page 159 If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical component of the engine management system gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con verter and damage it gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop The coolant level is too low T
290. en open one of the front doors the automatic transmission shifts to P If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral N e g when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a towing system Using the SmartKey gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Automatic transmission Kee oo ia a To G bo 5 m E Driving and parking With the Start Stop button gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull the Start Stop button out of the igni tion gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Engaging drive position D gt If the transmission is in position R or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Transmission position and drive pro gram display H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you shoul
291. ensor system detects that a rear end collision is imminent the brake pressure is increased if the driver applies the brakes when the vehi cle is stationary the seat belts are pre tensioned The PRE SAFE PLUS braking application is canceled e if the accelerator pedal is depressed when a gear is engaged e if the risk of a collision passes or is no lon ger detected e if DISTRONIC PLUS indicates an intention to pull away If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident the original settings are restored Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered e vehicles with a memory function the elec trically adjustable steering wheel is raised e the engine is switched off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call Children in the vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint sys
292. ensors ro LESS GO key must be in the rear detection or range of the vehicle H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the unintentional opening of the trunk gt Press locking button in the trunk lid If KEYLESS GO detects a SmartKey outside the vehicle the trunk lid closes and the vehicle is locked e using a car wash If KEYLESS GO detects a SmartKey in the e using a power washer l trunk the trunk lid opens again after it is Make sure that the SmartKey is at least closed 10 ft 3 m away from the vehicle If KEYLESS GO detects a second SmartKey outside the vehicle the trunk lid remains closed With KEYLESS GO and HANDS FREE ACCESS you can open or close the trunk lid ee eves Or Stop the procedure without using your ing automatically from outside hands This is useful if you have your hands full To do this make a kicking movement under the bumper with your foot Z WARNING Observe the following points General notes Important safety notes Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust e Carry your KEYLESS GO key about your gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust person The KEYLESS GO key must be in gases can enter the vehicle interior if the the rear detection range of the vehicle trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning
293. ention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Observe the instructions in the EA See Operator s Manual display message gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine is off and the battery charge level is too low gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster and interior lighting gt Leave the engine running for a few minutes or drive a long dis tance The battery is being charged The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 325 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 326 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com ry On board computer and displays 270 LI On board computer and displays So Display messages Check Engine 0i1 Level Add 1 quart Engine 0il Level Low Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Fuel Level Low i Gas Cap Loose Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Display message only for AMG vehicles The engine oil le
294. er anchorage points are installed in the rear compartment behind the head restraints on the parcel shelf Children in the vehicle Ea PHF gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Fold up cover 2 of Top Tether anchorage gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Route Top Tether belt 6 under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook 4 of Top Tether belt into Top Tether anchorage Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so gt Fold down cover 2 of Top Tether anchor age gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 111 Make sure that you do not interfere with the correct routing of Top Tether belt General notes Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises 2 Children in the vehicle Safety that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system to the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on t
295. er washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer gt Clean sensors 1 of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the rear view camera H Donotclean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer POOH gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To open the cover of the rear view cam era with COMAND or Audio 20 activated call up the vehicle menu press the lks button gt To switch to the menu bar slide the controller gt To select System Settings turn and press the controller gt To select Rear view camera turn and press the controller gt To select Open camera cover turn and press the controller The rear view camera cover opens gt To clean the rear view camera use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens Cleaning the 360 camera H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the 360 camera with a power washer 360 gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To open the cover of the 360 camera with COMAND or Audio 20 activated call up the vehicle menu press the ks but ton gt To switch to the menu bar slide the controller gt To select System Settings turn and press the controller
296. ering wheel ee Problems with the seat ventilation Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat ventilationhas The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as switched on the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat ventilation can be switched back on Steering wheel Impc A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt Seats steering wheel and mirrors p before starting the engine Release lever To adjust the steering wheel height A WARNING To adjust the steering wheel position Children could injure themselves if they fore and aft adjustment adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of gt Push release lever down completely injury The steering column is unlocked When leaving the vehicle always take the gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never position leave children unsupervised in the vehicle gt Push release lever up completely The electrically adjustable stee
297. eristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident b gt Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure The specifications on the sample Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pressure tables are examples Tire pressure specifica tions are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard and tire pressure table on the vehicle General notes The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here Further information on tire pressures can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Tire and Loading Information placard Pal OEE Recommended tire pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 369 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed
298. es with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index 6 and speed rating If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in parentheses Exam ple 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All about wheels and tires All weather tires and winter tires Load index Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h VM S upto 149 mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the 4 snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tire
299. eseeeees 167 DIRECT SELECT lever eeeeeee 164 Display message secere 280 Drive PrOgram eseeseeeeeseeeneeees 168 Drive program display esses 166 Driving tipS reisseri 167 Emergency running mode 171 Engaging drive position 166 Engaging neutral seses 165 Engaging park position automati CANNY eitten aes 165 Engaging reverse gear oes 165 Engaging the park position 164 KICKAOWN ssrissiserssesissisiririverirsesvesss 167 Manual shifting scssi 169 OVERVIEW aeccescecsceccesseesepeecesecucteneses 164 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 171 Pulling AWAY oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 160 Starting the engine oes 159 Steering wheel paddle shifters 169 Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever 0005 166 Transmission positions 166 Automatic transmission emer gency mode eer 171 Backup lamp Changing bulbs sissien 132 Bag ROOK ses ccsesessiseceest castes secsinzageoeeee ss 304 BAS Brake Assist System 67 BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist Brake Assist PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist FUNCtION NOTES eeeeeseeceeeeseeeeeeees 67 Important safety notes 0 0 eee 67 Battery SmartKey CHECKING isisisi trises 84 Important safety notes s es 83 Replacing is ft sstescsetareaiancacedes 84 Battery vehicle Charging sesiis 347 Display MESSA Eiscir 268 Important safety notes 0 0 0 345 JUMP starting
300. ess the W or A button to select No or Yes gt Press OK to confirm the selection If you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lights function in the Lights submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary Fj On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual With certain display messages you will also hear a warning tone You can hide the display messages The display messages are then stored in the message memory Rectify the cause of a display message as soon as possible When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on e HOLD function gt page 196 e Parking gt page 174 D On board computer and displays Hiding display messages gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot b
301. essary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Occupant safety Ea Safety 1 ea Occupant safety Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS front air bag both before and during the jour ney Z WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp
302. essary to steer or brake There is a risk of an accident In such cases use a tow bar Before towing make sure that the steering moves freely Z WARNING You can no longer steer the vehicle if the steering wheel lock has been engaged There is a risk of an accident Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar Towing and tow starting Z WARNING When towing or tow starting another vehicle and its weight is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle the e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per missible gross weight of your vehicle H When COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD func tion is activated the vehicle brakes auto matically in certain situations To avoid damage to the vehicle deactivate these systems in the following or similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash HM Make sure that the electric parking brake is released If the electric parking brake is faulty visit a qualified specialist workshop IF Roadside Assistance Towing and tow starting od Roadside Assistance H Secure the tow rope or tow bar to the towing eye only Otherwise the vehicle could become damaged H Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purpo
303. estart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 361 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 361 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus D Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires gt Pressthe A or W buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the OK button gt Press the A or Y Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes mes sage
304. estraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoul der belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt sash guide If necessary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accord ingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Child proof locks Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they could e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic e operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury Always activate the child proof locks and override feature if children are traveling in the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Override feature for e the rear doors gt page 65 e the rear side windows gt page 65 Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could setit in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine Pets in the vehicle oe In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There
305. et roads s es 182 Exhaust CHECK 2 sc ssscesisesessssececspeaess 178 Fuel ressesie isas ei 178 GONE Falllisis foes oashesssestoesdetecstaacaseiasses 178 Hydroplaning w 50 c cca ances 182 Icy road SUIFaCES ioris 182 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted road S niei 181 SNOW CRAINS vicceversssheteiaseeseeeseeicess 361 Symmetrical low beam eee 124 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 156 Wet road surfate csse iscissi 181 DVD video Operating on board computer 241 SS EASY ENTRY feature FUNCtION NOTES ccesseseeeeeeseeees 116 EASY EXIT feature FUNCtION NOTES ceeesseseeeeeeseeees 116 EASY PACK trunk box o n 304 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message eccere 254 FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeseeceeeeseeeeeeees 73 ECO display FUNCtION NOTES sssini 179 On board computer seese 236 ECO start stop function Climate control dual zone auto matic climate control n se 140 General information sse 161 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency Automatic measures after an acci al ah cate ere Rey eer TT rae cree 59 Emergency release Driver s GOOF esner oriosie isss 88 TAK eesse eee R 97 VGHIGIO deccteccedesstesehseeesriciecceessetionchece 88 Emergency Tensioning Devices AGCUVALIOMN cs cscecsdaiias svecessissiatesticeteaiess 56 Emissions control Service and warranty information 23 Engine Check E
306. even fatal injury Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and fully retract the seat cushion length Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt sash guide If necessary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child ina standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per manently after the system self test This Occupant safety Ea indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child restraint system and the child s stature It is recommended
307. ey Function notes sssssssoessseeseseeseseeee InSerting sesiscssestasiesscaidstsdedsiecesteseteass Locking vehicle REMOVING sipir tespetit einek Unlocking the driver s door Memory card audio Memory function Seats steering wheel exterior DAARS AAA N E E E E Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive 360 camera Active Blind Spot Assist 0 Active Lane Keeping Assist Active Parking Assist eeeeee ATTENTION ASSIST 00 eeceeeeseeeeees Blind Spot Assist ce eeeeeeeeseeeees DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot General notes Lane Keeping Assist n PARKTRONIC PRE SAFE anticipatory occu pant protection PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS Rear view camera Message memory on board com puter Messages see Display messages see Warning and indicator lamps Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror turn signal Cleaning 2 cc iciscovsccsnteaesticeseescoess 334 Mobile phone Menu on board computer 242 Modifying the programming SmartKey 0 5 ssc4 bese 82 MOExtended tires 00 0 0 eee 341 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle seers 386 Mounting a new wheel essees 385 Preparing the vehicle eee 381 Raising the vehicle sss sssssseissses 382 Removing a wheel cee eeeeeseeeees 385 Securing th
308. f the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz You can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call button amp il is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was estab lished This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the Ga button onthe multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding COMAND Audio 20 button for ending a phone call Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The i
309. features gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press and hold buttons and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons and The memory of the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwellcan restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another E Stowage and features gt Slide the relevant seat back gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press studs 1 onto retainers 2 gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat ss Useful information 0 0 0 0 eee 324 Engine compartment 00 324 ASSYST PLUS m ee 328 Care inos e e 329 i Maintenance and care Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equip
310. fety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animals or objects are in the maneuvering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING While parking or pulling out of a parking space the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park ing Assist parking procedure H If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measure
311. fety notes Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level General notes Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 109 Do not rotate the head restraints of the front and rear seats Otherwise you cannot adjust the height and angle of the head restraints to the correct position gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position Adjusting the head restraint fore and aft position manually With this function you can adjust the distance between the head restraint and the back of the seat occupant s head gt To move forwards pull the head restr
312. ficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles Driving and parking a Driving systems _ Driving and parking USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Radar sensors The radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the rear bumper Make sure that the bumpers are free from dirt ice or slush The sensors must not be covered for example by cycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may no longer work properly Monitoring area In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain Snow or spray e there are narrow vehicles e g motorcycles or bicycles e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehi
313. fied us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 a Introduction Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call the
314. fit into the parking space gt Using white guide line as a guide care fully back up until you reach the end posi tion Red guide line 4 is then at the end of the parking space The vehicle is almost paral lel in the parking space Reverse perpendicular parking with the steering wheel at an angle ee Parking space marking Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic gt Drive past the parking space and bring the vehicle to a standstill gt Make sure that the rear view camera is switched on gt page 208 The lane and the guide lines are shown gt While the vehicle is at a standstill turn the steering wheel in the direction of the park Driving systems ving and parking Q _ Driving and parking ing space until yellow guide line 2 reaches parking space marking a gt Keep the steering wheel in that position and back up carefully Pigion Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic gt Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly in front of the parking space The white lane should be as close to parallel with the parking space marking as possi ble Pe be White guide line at current steering wheel angle Parking space marking gt Turn the steering wheel to the center posi tion while the vehicle is stationary Driving syste
315. formation beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area These settings can be called up under Own ers Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off General notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programing a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine
316. func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 191 Make sure that you maintain the mini mum distance to the vehicle in front as required by law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary gt To increase turn control 2 in direction DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control 2 in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front Driving systems bee DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru ment cluster Displays in the speedometer If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and stored speed light up The segments likewise light up if a vehicle in front is detected in the fast lane For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deacti vated Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle In the Assistance menu gt page 244 of the on board computer you can select the assis tance graphics display oo
317. g wheel adjustment gt page 115 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjust the steering wheel manually gt page 115 Adjust the steering wheel electrically gt page 116 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 44 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 46 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoul der e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors in such a way that you have a good view of road and traf fic conditions gt page 118 gt Vehicles with memory function you can store the seat steering wheel exterior mir ror and head up display settings with the memory function gt page 121 Important safety notes Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock Z WARNING
318. g any external force on the brake disks This could impair the level of comfort when brak ing Poi SFE gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com pletely gt Screw alignment bolt Q into the thread instead of the wheel bolt Changing a wheel gt Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel Z WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving A WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 381 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt
319. ge and features Emergency call Important safety notes Z WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle General notes Observe the notes on system activation gt page 310 An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically triggered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of th
320. ges Camera see 360 camera Car see Vehicle Care 960 CAMEL sesei irs SS 335 AIRPANEEL vccccscccsesseeseudececssececetsosebes 334 Carpets sccces lt eshes cbeebevdncedueesevdeseescooe 337 Car Wash iccccisen ans eivdieeeeieieas 330 Display ieira ess 336 Exhaust pipe isisreiseiiriranasi 335 Exterior liShtS icc sc2csssdecsdeeescaesczase 333 Gear or selector lever seese 336 MENOT greener rere recreate errertrrereret er 336 Matte finish isisisi 332 NOLES isi eee R 329 Paitean 332 Plastic ti oenas 336 POWEr WASNED 00cssescececesecessveneee 331 Rear view camera occ eeeeseeeeeeeeees 334 ROOT ININE csescseceseseetesdeevsecezeseheses ss 337 Seat belt s 0ctancanncsvncunaes 337 SEAL COVE es cciessescssacsssccacbisncesn stds 337 SONSOMS coc sessececicsetessessiesseereceeces 334 Steering WHEEL ssssscsesssscesecessseseces 336 Trim Pl COS scccsceeccsesceseseneeesns 336 Washing by hand sse 331 MATETE K EE E tents 333 WINGOWS iiss svesetectetesheastsssdaveccereces 333 Wiper Blades ccesscesssessosncvonsaeess 333 Wooden TIM soissisiasseesieszessseesseeecns 336 Cargo tie down rings ee 303 Car key see SmartKey CD player CD changer on board COMPUTER iecit risisti tineis 241 Center console Lower SECTION biscciseiissipesisisrrsstisiess 37 Upper Section sissies 36 Central locking Locking unlocking SmartKey 81 Changing bulbs High beam headlamps 0005 132 Low beam headlamps 1e
321. goes out The o account road weather or traffic conditions indicator lamp in the multifunction display Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You remains lit are responsible for adjusting the vehicle s gt To switch off move the combination lighting to the prevailing light visibility and switch back to its normal position or move traffic conditions the light switch to another position In particular the detection of obstacles can The indicator lamp in the instrument be restricted if there is cluster goes out e poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow ie Far eee oe F a eee Filey Se a e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are Headlamps fogged up on the inside obscured Certain climatic and physical conditions may cause moisture to form in the headlamp This moisture does not affect the functionality of the headlamp Front overhead control panel To switch the left hand front reading lamp on off ca To switch the automatic interior lighting control on off To switch the front interior lighting on off 35 To switch the rear interior lighting on off A To switch the right hand front read faa ing lamp on off Control panel in the grab handle rear compartment Reading lamp Switches the reading lamp on off General notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior ligh
322. green Active Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use gt To switch off press button Indicator lamp Q goes out The Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated The Lane Keeping Assist Off message appears in the multifunction display Selecting Standard or Adaptive setting gt Inthe DriveAssist menu on the on board computer select the Active Lane Keep ing Assist function gt page 246 gt Select Standard or Adaptive When Standard is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP When Adaptive is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard you Steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system recognizes solid lane markings Driving systems
323. gt page 367 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 361 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a message appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 277 If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than ten minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction by flashing for approximately one minute and then
324. hat there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restraint systems e Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats e Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system to the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is disabled If the
325. he Occupant classification system OCS gt page 51 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 43 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Forward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system to the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Fully retract the seat cushion length The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must as far as possible lie flat against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head r
326. he child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 45 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs 18 kg or until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt can be fastened properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor Z WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts in the vehicle except the driv er s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the
327. he climate control using the air conditioning function bar see the sep arate Audio 20 COMAND operating instructions or gt Set the airflow to level O using the rocker switch General notes menu MENU REST Io If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Activating deactivating gt To activate press the ase rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the rocker switch lights up or gt Activate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function via Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Operating the climate control systems ee rocker gt To deactivate press the ac switch up or down The indicator lamp above the rocker switch goes out or gt Deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function via Audio 20 COMAND see t
328. he coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 327 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary bo S ke a 3 bo gt Q aa Automatic transmission Driving and parking Automatic transmission Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Bear in mind that the power transmission between the engine and the transmission is interrupted when the engine is switched off For this reason shift the automatic transmis sion to P when the engine is switched off and the vehicle is at a standstill Apply the electric parking brake to prevent the vehicle from roll ing away DIRECT SELECT lever Overview of transmission positions P Park position
329. he ignition lock gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield On vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Switch off the engine gt Remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Set the windshield wipers to position gt Press the Start Stop button repeatedly until the windshield wiper starts gt When the wiper arms have reached a ver tical position press the Start Stop button gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield Removing the wiper blades gt Hold on to the wiper arm with one hand With the other hand turn wiper blade in direction of arrow Q away from the wiper arm as far as it will go gt Slide catch in the direction of arrow until it engages in the removal position with a noticeable click Windshield wipers gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield gt Remove the protective film of the service indicator on the tip of the wiper blade If the color of the service indicator changes from black to yellow the wiper blades should be replaced The duration of the color change varies depending on the terms of use gt Remove the wiper blade in the direction of arrow 4 away from the wiper arm Installing the wiper blades gt Insert the new wiper blade into the wiper arm in the direction of arrow Q Lights and windshield wipers rq gt Slide catch in the direction of arrow until it engages in the locking position with a notic
330. he separate operating instructions Climate control 4 fehl Operating the climate control systems Climate control Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ase button flashes three times or remains off The cool ing with air dehumidifi cation function can also no longer be acti vated using Audio 20 COMAND see the sep arate operating instruc tions malfunction Setting General notes In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated The Cooling with air dehumidification function must be activated manually in automatic mode If necessary Cooling with air dehumidification can also be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist
331. he transmission is in position R the trunk lid must be closed If your seat belt is not fastened the following conditions must be fulfilled to automatically release the electric parking brake e the driver s door is closed e you have shifted out of transmission posi tion P or you have previously driven faster than 2 mph 3 km h Ensure that you do not depress the acceler ator pedal unintentionally Otherwise the parking brake will be released and the vehicle will start to move Emergency braking The vehicle can also be braked during an emergency by using the electric parking brake gt While driving push handle Q of the electric parking brake gt page 176 The vehicle is braked as long as you keep handle of the electric parking brake depressed The longer the electric parking brake handle Q is depressed the greater the braking force During braking e a warning tone sounds e the Please Release Parking Brake message appears e the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter flashes When the vehicle has been braked to a stand still the electric parking brake is engaged If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging and further damaged in the event of this occurring again D Driving and parking Driving tips __ Driving and parking gt Connect a
332. he visi bility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 247 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 300 lt or the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps AUTO is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the engine running if you have acti vated the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the parking lamps and the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to AUTO Low beam headlamps Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the Smar
333. heck the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 365 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 367 The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 341 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 365 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Warning Tire Mal The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The function wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the
334. heel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use the W or A button to select the Head up Display submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Use the Y jor A Position function gt Press the OK button to save the setting gt Use the W or _ amp button to set the position from Level 5 to Level 5 gt Press the OK or button to save the setting button to select the Using the Memory function you can save and call up the position of the Head up display as a single memory preset gt page 120 Setting the brightness Youcan adjust the brightness of the displayed contents on the windshield gt Switch on the Head up display gt page 234 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Use the W or A button to select the Head up Display submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe VW jor A Brightness function gt Press the OK button to save the setting gt Press the W or A button to set the brightness from Level 5 bright to Level 5 dark
335. hese in a suitable place required see Belt adjustment only one person is using a seat belt at a gt page 47 time gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder Infants and children must never travel sit section of the seat belt to tighten the belt ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the across your body event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 298 Occupant safety The shoulder section of the belt must always run over the center of the shoulder Adjust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet engages in various posi tions gt To lower slide the belt outlet downward pressing belt outlet release catch Q gt Once the desired position has been reached release belt outlet release catch 4 and ensure the belt outlet engages in place All seat belts in the vehicle except the driv er s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to secure child restraint sys tems properly Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 60 Seat belt for the center rear seat If the left hand rear
336. hicle is equipped with PARKTRONIC and the function is active gt page 201 warn ing displays 3 in the COMAND display are also active or light up accordingly Driving systems ES PARKTRONIC appears e in split screen view as red or yellow brack ets around the vehicle icon in the top view or e in the full screen view on the right hand side at the bottom as red or yellow brackets around the vehicle icon The full screen display can also be selec ted as front view Select this view when you are driving out of an exit and the view of crossing traffic is restric ted for example To select split screen view select the 4 symbol in the display then confirm with the COMAND controller Object detection The 360 camera helps detect moving and stationary objects If an object person vehi cle other obstacle is detected this object is marked with a bar Objects located some dis tance from the vehicle away are marked with a yellow bar If the distance to the object is very small the bar is displayed in red Object detection only functions in both full screen modes To ensure that you can use the function it must be switched on in COMAND see the separate operating instructions Exiting 360 camera display mode As soon as the vehicle exceeds a speed of 19 mph 30 km h the function switches off The view which was active before the 360 camera was displayed appears in the COMAND display
337. hicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Loading the vehicle Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 Py Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Loading the vehicle Example steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate t
338. hicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawbar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum loaded vehicle weight The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascals kPa are the equiva lent of 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely ea Wheels and tires a All about wheels and tires Wheels and tires Curb weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and co
339. ht def MION E GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing definition ssisssissesississs Important safety notes 00 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition Kilopascal kPa definition Labeling overview Load bearing index definition Load index senan Load index definition Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition Maximum load on a tire defini tion Maximum permissible tire pres sure definition Maximum tire load Maximum tire load definition MOExtended tires Optional equipment weight defi nition PSI pounds per square inch def inition Replacing Service life Sidewall definition Speed rating definition Storing Structure and characteristics definition Summer tires in winter 006 Temperature TIN Tire Identification Number definition Tire bead definition Tire pressure definition Tire pressures recommended Tire size data Tire size designation load bearing capacity speed rating Tire tread Tire tread definition Total load limit definition Traction Traction definition Tred Wealer iernii rerni Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition Wear indicator definition Wheel and tire combination Wheel rim definition see Flat tire 375 380 377 Top Tether Towing away Important safety guidelines Installing the towing eye Notes for 4MATIC vehicles Removing the towing eye With
340. i tion lock gt page 157 gt To activate press the 6 a rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the 6 amp o rocker switch lights up Air recirculation mode switches on automat ically e at high outside temperatures e at high levels of pollution 3 zone automatic climate control only e ina tunnel vehicles with a navigation sys tem only The indicator lamp above the e amp 5 rocker switch is not lit when automatic air recircula tion mode is activated Outside air is added after about 30 minutes rocker gt To deactivate press the oZal switch up or down The indicator lamp above the 625 switch goes out rocker Air recirculation mode deactivates automati cally e after approximately five minutes at outside temperatures below approximately 41 F 5 C e after approximately five minutes if cooling with air dehumidification is deactivated e after approximately 30 minutes at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehumidifica tion function is activated General notes The residual heat function is only available with 3 zone automatic climate control on vehicles for Canada Once the engine is switched off it is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating or ventilating the front compartment of the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes The heating
341. ic parking brake is not fulfilled gt page 176 You are driving with the electric parking brake applied gt Release the electric parking brake manually The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds You are making an emergency stop using the electric parking brake gt page 176 The yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To apply gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds gt Shift the transmission to P gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning lamp and the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp light up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually or gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 176 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Do not drive on gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and the yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release
342. icable standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e possible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Filling capacities Model Refrigerant All models 22 2O MOZ 630 10 g Model PAG oil All models 2 8 Oz 80 g Vehicle data Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload PP Pd 69 6 in 1768 mm 69 8 in 1774 mm c 300 Oo Technical data All other models Vehicle length 184 5 in 4686 mm Vehicle width 79 5 in 2020 mm including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 111 8 in 2840 mm Turning radius 36 8 ft 11 22 m a Technical data ica AVZ 1 aT od e ELT 165 lb 75 kg 220 Ib 100 kg Al 57 2 in 1452 mm
343. ice The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid Display messages ee Display messages MB Rear Left Backrest Not Latched or Rear Right Back rest Not Latched Rear Center Back rest Not Engaged a Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The hood is open A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Close the hood At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the doors The backrest in the rear is not engaged on the left hand and or right hand side gt Push the backrest back until it engages The center rear seat backrest is not engaged gt Push the backrest back until it engages The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully driv
344. icker on the tire inflation compressor Using the TIREFIT kit i Ud3YIL LL gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla tion compressor from the stowage well underneath the trunk floor gt page 340 gt Affix part Q of the TIREFIT sticker within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire Flat tire gt Pull plug with the cable and hose out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of tire seal ant bottle gt Place tire sealant bottle Q head down wards into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose 8 onto valve 7 gt Insert connector into a 12 V socket gt page 310 in your vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press on off switch G on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Allow the tire inflation compressor to run for five minutes The tire should then have attained
345. icle The alarm is switched off The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example o SuIso o pue Suru do o oO E R N ta r Side windows c ccceeseeeeteeeetees Sliding Suntoof eee DOOM 25 A Useful information c0cc0006 SmartKey oss ete te estes SmartKey Opening and closing Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the
346. if you then open one of the front doors or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P With the Start Stop button if you then open one of the front doors the automatic transmission shifts to P If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral N e g when having the vehicle cleaned in an automatic car wash with a towing system Using the SmartKey gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Driving and parking _ Driving and parking With the Start Stop button gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull the Start Stop button out of the igni tion gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock In the event of an emergency the engine can be turned off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds This function operates independently of the ECO start stop auto matic engine switch off function General notes A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi c
347. ifters Storing settings memory func tion Steering wheel paddle shifters Stowage areas Stowage compartments Armrest under Center console Cup holders Door Eyeglasses compartment Glove box Important safety information Map pockets Rear Stowage net Stowage net inte a7 Stowage well beneath the trunk POOR on RRE 305 Summer tires Wh WINE T tes Seeciescernaestavecteeteceeante ce 360 SUN VISOR ree E r 307 Suspension tuning AIRMATIC o ce covececvencesaceccosvencocnettens 198 Switching air recirculation mode ON OFF A ETT 149 Tachometer neeesser 231 Tail lamps Display message seceeceecece 265 see Lights Tank content Fuel gage ssir siestorisseieestiitistei 33 Technical data Capacities essnee 397 IMPOFMALION 2 sssscsecseesisreerseiaveeaecs 396 TireS WhEEIS ccecceeseeceeeesteeeeeeees 386 VGNICIS data inssin 403 Telephone Accepting a call multifunction steering WHEE scscisccsestsssescteseceosses 242 Display message snee 282 Introductionis nu 242 Menu on board computer 242 Number from the phone book 243 R edialing pisec eeens 243 Rejecting ending a call s s s 242 Temperature Coolant display in the instrument CIUSET siisrorisirerinrasieirernrisetnsins 231 Coolant display in the on board COMPUTEL 10 05 eereceeesseseeesaeecees 244 Outside temperature ceeeeee 231 Setting climate control 145 Through loading feature 301 TIREFIT Kit secie
348. ight ahead posi tion gt Drive forwards and back up as prompted by the PARKTRONIC warning displays several times if necessary Once you have exited the parking space com pletely the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead position You hear a tone and the Park Assist switched off message appears in the multifunction display You will then have to steer and merge into traffic on your own PARKTRONIC is still available You can take over the steering before the vehicle has exited the parking space completely This is useful for example when you recognize that it is already possible to pull out of the parking space Canceling Active Parking Assist gt Stop the movement of the multifunction steering wheel or steer yourself Active Parking Assist will be canceled at once The Park Assist Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display or gt Press the PARKTRONIC button gt page 201 PARKTRONIC is switched off and Active Parking Assist is immediately canceled The Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction display Active Parking Assist is canceled automati cally if e the electric parking brake is engaged e transmission position P is selected e parking using Active Parking Assist is no longer possible e you are driving faster than 6 mph 10 km h e a wheel spins ESP intervenes or fails The warning lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster A warning tone sounds The
349. ignition lock e the front wheels must be turned towards the curb on steep uphill or downhill gradi ents e the empty vehicle must be secured at the front axle with a wheel chock or similar for example on uphill or downhill gradients e aladen vehicle must also be secured at the rear axle with a wheel chock or similar for example on uphill or downhill gradients Switching off the engine Important safety notes Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Vehicles with automatic transmission gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt With the SmartKey turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated gt With the Start Stop button press the Start Stop button gt page 157 The engine stops and all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out When the driver s door is closed this cor responds to SmartKey position 1 When the driver s door is open this corresponds to SmartKey position 0 SmartKey removed If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically With the SmartKey
350. illed the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamps remain lit or go out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly Display messages ae Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 52 The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat Z WARNING The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s w
351. iller flap gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Close the fuel filler flap Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the mm reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multifunction display gt page 270 Driving and parking E Driving and parking Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle The fuel filler flap can not be opened Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Z WARNING The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Risk of explosion or fire gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO start function or KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap is not unlocked or The SmartKey battery is discharged gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 81 or gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 83 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jam med gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Ay warnine If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functi
352. ily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 50 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the a Flat tire instrument cluster in the driver s field of vision H Residue from the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle disposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Pull away immediately gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the tire inflation compressor The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for a short period the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant
353. immedi ately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emer gency call In this case always summon assis tance by other means Roadside Assistance button gt To call Roadside Assistance press but ton Q for Roadside Assistance This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND Audio 20 display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button in COMAND Audio 20 for example Voice output is not available in this case A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the prob lem gt page 317 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for
354. in The door opens You can centrally lock and unlock the vehicle from the inside The switches are on the driver s door gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button If the front passenger door is closed the vehicle locks Opening and closing Opening and closing i Meanwhile the fuel filler flap will not be locked or unlocked You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The doors can be opened from the inside You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 65 If the vehicle has been locked with the Smart Key or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm sys tem Switch off the alarm gt page 76 If a locked door is opened from the inside the previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if e the vehicle was locked using the locking button for the central locking or e if the vehicle was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had pre viously been fully unlocked If only the driver s door had been previously unlocked only the door which has been opened from the inside is unlocked gt To deactivate press and hold button for approximately five seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press and hold button for approximately five seco
355. in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Setting the temperature in the rear com partment using the front control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Set the temperature with the Y A switch on the front control panel rocker or gt Set the temperature using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Sem c o oO S pa Operating the climate control systems Climate control gt Press the top or bottom section of the MENU rocker switch The climate control menu in Audio 20 COMAND opens gt Select the Synchronization function see separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instructions The temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side and the rear compartment Setting the temperature in the rear com partment using the rear control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the W aj rocker switch on the rear control panel gt page 141 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C The set temperature appears on the rear compartment display Air distribution settings W4 Directs air through the
356. in mind that vehicles traveling in front or in the opposite direction create waves This may cause the maximum per missible water depth to be exceeded Failure to observe these notes may result in damage to the engine electrical systems and transmission If you have to drive on stretches of road on which water has collected please bear in mind that e the water level in the case of still water may not exceed a maximum point of the lower edge of the vehicle body e you should drive no faster than at a walking pace Winter driving Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Z DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air opena window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Drive particularly caref
357. ing feature is availa ble if the relevant mobile phone network is available and a data connection is possible gt Contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display Alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is automatically notified Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis the Customer Assistan
358. ing with air d ehumidificati n sssini sireirsriresstess 144 Problem with the rear window defroster os cseksccvsnicevccsesesedevediveveeneels 149 Rear control panel sesser 141 Refrigerant ci Nissi secede aii 402 Refrigerant filling capacity 403 Setting the air distribution 146 Setting the airflow seese 146 Setting the air vents sese 152 Setting the climate mode 145 inte Setting the temperature 145 Switching air recirculation mode OM Off erorri 149 Switching On Off eee eeeeeseeeeee 142 Switching residual heat on off 149 Switching the rear window defroster on off ccccecceesseeeeeeee 148 Switching the synchronization function on and Off ossis 147 Climate control system Automatic engine start 161 Automatic engine switch off 161 Climate control 3 zone automatic Climate CONETOl ossessi Deactivating activating Important safety notes IMEHOAUCHION vescciescszescstecaceeereeveess Cockpit OVEIVICW cecccececeseeeceseeeeeseereeeeeeeees 32 COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS Activating deactivating 0 245 Display message ceeeceeeseeeeeneeees 258 Operation NOtES 2 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeees 69 COMAND display CIO AMINE 2s socssesdscissteaceteceees Combination switch Consumption statistics on board Computer oiei 237 Convenience box eee 304 Convenience closing feature
359. ion is maintained Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and if nec essary restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 369 or the tire pressure monitor gt page 367 Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these ben efits if the correct direction of rotation is maintained An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not being used ina cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the electric parking brake manually gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Shift the transmission to position P Q D 2 o _ Wheels and tires gt Make sure that in vehicles with AIRMATIC the vehicle level is set to Normal gt page 197 gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or
360. ional ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ND R gt The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running or the ECO start stop function is activated ESP is deactivated A WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 72 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 72 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warning D gt Signal type eee Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp park gt park USA only Canada only the red indicator lamp for the electric parking brake flashes or is lit and or the yellow warning lamp for the electric parking brake is lit gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Re gt The red restraint system warning lamp is lit while the e
361. ippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored E Driving and parking tee Driving systems L Driving and parking Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds In addition the appears in the multifunction display In the speedometer the segments between the stored speed and the maximum speed light up Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h symbol gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing th
362. ires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 359 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 361 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered A WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires
363. is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Child proof locks for the rear doors You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the directio
364. is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil additives H Do not add too much oil adding too much engine oil can result in damage to the engine or to the catalytic converter Have excess engine oil siphoned off Example gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add engine oil If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of engine oil Engine compartment gt Replace cap Q on the filler neck and turn Only check the coolant level when the vehi clockwise cle is ona level surface and the engine has Ensure that the cap locks into place cooled down securely gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni gt Check the oil level again with the oil dip tion lock gt page 157 stick gt page 325 or Further information on engine oil gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the
365. is running A warning tone also sounds The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low A WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 Warning indicator lamp Warning indicator lamp A Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Es gt Signal type Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 327 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the neares
366. isplay messages ATTENTION ASSIST Take a Break Attention Assist Inoperative lt g gt ehicle Rising Vehicle Rising Please Wait Stop Vehicle Vehi cle Too Low Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt If necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle is adjusting to the level you have selected The vehicle level is too low when the vehicle is stationary A warn ing tone also sounds gt Do not pull away The vehicle level is set when the display message disappears You have pulled away while the vehicle level is still too low AIRMATIC sets the vehicle to the selected level after a short period gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away AIRMATIC is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph 80 km h gt Make only slight steering movements Otherwise the front fender or the tires could be damaged if the steering movement is too large gt Listen for scraping
367. its normal position The blue 20 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out If Adaptive Highbeam Assist is active it con trols activation and deactivation of the high beam headlamps gt page 127 High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow Exterior lighting Hazard warning lamps The cornering light function improves the illu mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example It can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps and turn the steering wheel press button The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short All turn signals flash If you now switch ona time but is automatically switched off after turn signal using the combination switch no more than three minutes only the turn signal lamp on the corre sponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warninglamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist press button Q The hazard warning lamps automatically
368. iving Assistance package For PRE SAFE Brake to assist you when driv ing the radar sensor system and the camera system must be switched on and be opera tional With the help of the radar sensor system and the camera system PRE SAFE Brake can detect obstacles that are in front of your vehi cle for an extended period of time In addition pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected PRE SAFE Brake detects pedestrians using typical characteristics such as the body con tours and posture of a person standing upright Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 74 PRE SAFE Brake can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead ora pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If PRE SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision you will be warned visually and acoustically as well as by automatic brak ing Important safety notes Z WARNING PRE SAFE Brake will initially brake your vehi cle by a partial application of the brakes if a danger of collision is detected There may be a collision unless you brake yourself Even after subsequent full application of the brakes a collision cannot always be avoided partic ularly when approaching at too high a speed There is a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action provided it is safe to do so Z WARNING PRE SAFE Brake cannot
369. jects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp display the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 52 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 55 Occupant safety Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 54 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult ora person of a stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months oldina child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per
370. king may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 341 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 365 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure 0 gt The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning indicator lamp Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster gt Signal type Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the engine is running The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely careful
371. kwise and right hand rotating catch clockwise by 90 gt To remove turn left hand rotating catch clockwise and right hand rotating catch counter clockwise by 90 gt Move box Q downwards and pull it out from anchorages Store the EASY PACK trunk box on a flat sur face after removal e g on a suitable shelf Stowage well under the trunk floor H Unhook the handle before again before closing the trunk lid and clip it in securely to prevent the handle flap from protruding Otherwise you could damage the handle a The TIREFIT kit the vehicle tool kit etc are located in the stowage compartment gt To open pull handle Q up E Stowage and features Stowage and features gt Hook handle Q into rain trough Roof carrier Important safety notes Z WARNING When you load the roof the center of gravity of the vehicle rises and the driving character istics change If you exceed the maximum roof load the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking will be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style The maximum roof load can be found in the Technical data gt page 403 H Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to avoid damage to the vehicle Position the load on the roof carrier in such
372. l key into opening in the protective cap gt Pull and hold the door handle gt Pull the protective cap on the mechanical key as straight as possible away from the vehicle until it releases gt Release the door handle gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position The locking knob pops up and the door unlocks Doors a gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt page 83 gt Carefully press the protective cap onto the lock cylinder until it engages and is seated firmly Do not pull the door handle when doing so All vehicles If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered Switch off the alarm gt page 76 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechani cal key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk lid gt Press the locking button gt page 87 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 83 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt
373. le e that are at right angles to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m wider than your vehicle Note that Active Parking Assist cannot measure the length of a parking space if it is at right angles to the direction of travel You will need to judge whether your vehicle will fit in the parking space When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see the parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right or the left also appears By default Active Parking Assist only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side Parking spaces on the driv er s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated When parking on the driver s side this must remain switched on until you acknowledge the use of Active Parking Assist by pressing the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The system automatically determines whether the parking space is parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Parking Z WARNING If you leave the vehicle when it is only being braked by Active Parking Assist it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses
374. le they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The function of the electric parking brake is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake gt If this is the case only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it roll ing away gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P It may not be possible to release an applied parking brake if the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system Contact a qualified specialist workshop The electric parking brake performs a func tion test at regular intervals while the engine is switched off The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal Applying releasing manually gt To apply push handle When the electric parking brake is applied the red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster The electric parking brake can also be applied when the SmartKey is removed
375. le identifica tion plate is used only as an example This data is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate a Technical data gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold floor covering 2 upwards The VIN is visible The VIN can also be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 396 The VIN can also be found at the lower edge of the windshield gt page 397 Engine number including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards Engine number stamped into the crank case VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and filling capacities Service products and filling capaci ties Important safety notes Z WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Lubricants e g engine oil
376. lects a station audio track or video scene using rapid scrolling e In the Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open e In all menus confirms the selec ted entry in the list e In the Radio Media menu opens the list of available radio sources media e In the Telephone menu switches to the phone book and starts dialing the selected num ber Switches off the Voice Control Sys tem see the separate operating instructions Press briefly e Back e Inthe Radio Media menu dese lects the track or station list or list of available radio sources media e Hides display messages e Exits the telephone book redial memory ES Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in the Trip menu Right control panel A e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory F Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory e Adjusts the volume l M e Mute dy Switches on the Voice Control Sys tem see the separate operating instructions Displays and operation Multifunction display ECO start stop function gt page 161 HOLD HOLD function gt page 196 DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt page 194 Head up display General notes The head up display projects information from the navigation system and the driver assistance system above the dashboard into the driver s field of vision A requiremen
377. left side trim panel Q at the top and fold it down in the direction of the arrow gt To close insert side panel Q Tail lamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the trunk gt Open the side trim panel gt page 132 FL i nade gt Remove the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 131 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise unlock it and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 Windshield wipers damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry If it is necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash gt Pull out the plug gt Turn fender nut 90 counter clockwise and remove the bulb holder H Intermittent wiping with rain sensor due to optical influences and the windshield becoming dirty in dry weather conditions the windshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this rea
378. lid e Unlocks the vehicle gt To unlock centrally press button If you do not open the vehicle within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking e the vehicle is locked again e protection against theft is reactivated gt To lock centrally press button Q The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deactivated via COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate oper ating instructions When the locator lighting is activated via COMAND or Audio 20 it lights up when it is dark after the vehicle is unlocked with the remote control see the separate operating instructions gt To open the trunk lid automatically from outside the vehicle press and hold button 2 until the trunk lid opens gt To open the trunk lid automatically from outside the vehicle if the SmartKey is in close proximity to the vehicle press the 5 button on the SmartKey You can release the button as soon as the trunk lid starts to close General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a SmartKey in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry th
379. ll When changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS monitors the left lane on left hand drive oo a To c 00 S T m A Driving systems _ Driving and parking vehicles and the right lane on right hand drive vehicles Stopping A WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away For further information on deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 192 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake Depending on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified mi
380. ller flap OPENINE cists 172 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTEL se ccssecscevsvcctncecadtssesssenens 236 Fuel tank C p t ity essorer 398 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 174 Fuses Allocation Chart cescceeeseeeeeee 356 Before changing eeseeseeseeeeneeees 354 Dashboard fuse box seses 355 Fuse box in the engine compart MENU cessisse teresse 355 Fuse box in the front passenger TOOtWEll creses esee rnes enaner eais 355 Fuse box in the trunk 0 0 cesses 356 Important safety notes 0 0 0 354 Garage door opener Clearing the Memory eee eee 321 GeMe ral NOteS 2 accsssesessaceeeeteeeetss 318 Important safety notes 0 0 319 Opening closing the garage door 321 Programming button in the rear VIGW MINO irisan 319 Gasoline renesse 398 Genuine parts i e 22 Glove DOX oi ceiccccecscccseccescadecscestsseceensese 299 Ss Handbrake see Parking brake HANDS FREE ACCESS eee 93 Hazard warning lamps 5 127 Headlamps Cleaning system notes 402 FOS SIME UP speres rarei 128 see Automatic headlamp mode Head restraints AdjUSUNE risi cvbcsceiess dcvcheesnesdeeed 111 Adjusting electrically 0 112 Adjusting manually eeee 111 Adjusting rear eeeeseeeseeseeeneeees 112 Installing removing rear s s s 112 Head up display Adjusting the brightness 247 Function notes ccceeeeeeec
381. ller sunblinds close when the pano Keep the E switch pulled for an addi rama roof with power tilt sliding panel is tional second closed gt Make sure that the panorama roof with If you press or pull the switch beyond power tilt sliding panel gt page 103 and the point of resistance automatic operation the front roller sunblind gt page 105 can is started in the corresponding direction You be fully opened again can stop automatic operation by pressing or f this is not the case repeat the steps pulling again above again ota Sliding sunroof Opening and closing had Problems with the sliding sunroof Z WARNING If you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The sliding sunroof or If the sliding sunroof or panorama
382. lling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Deactivating activating ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP You can deactivate or activate ESP via the on board c
383. loth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA covers If used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the cov ers is retained over time Genuine leather seat covers H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov ers down with a dry
384. lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 341 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pres sure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 369 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display mes sage and has not been restarted since gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 369 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 2 On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Please Correct Tire Pressure Check Tires _ On board computer and displays Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt C
385. ls and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and inquire about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on the dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found in the Wheel tire combinations section gt page 386 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar gt page 369 e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 172 e
386. ly drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays ee Cd Useful information Stowage areas eeeeeecceeeteeeeeee Features 3 22 s E Stowage and features Pe Stowage areas Stowage and features Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Alway
387. m moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts A WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection sys tem work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition sys tem or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood Engine compartment H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood Example gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Pull release lever 4 on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch han dle 2 up and lift the hood If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in 40 cm th
388. m provides you with support by means of steering interventions sym bol is shown in green Deactivating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Press button Indicator lamp Q goes out The DIR Steering Assist Off message appears in the multifunction display Steer ing Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactiva ted When DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Steer ing Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactivated automatically HOLD function General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle agains
389. mage Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the front of the vehicle Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Driving systems Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the front of the vehicle Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the front of the vehicle Top view and enlarged rear view Pee Bet Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image enlarged Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle This view assists you in estimating the dis tance to the vehicle behind you This setting can also be selected as an enlarged front view Top view with picture from the mirror camera FH AHEHE Symbol for the top view and forward facing mirror camera setting Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors right side of vehicle Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors left side of vehicle You can also select the mirror camera setting for the rear facing view Wide angle function PHASHA Symbol for the full screen setting with rear view camera image Own vehicle PARKTRONIC warning displays If the ve
390. maged The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N oO a N wn lt oO wo me e as Pa Fuses lees Roadside Assistance As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it gt Secure the vehicle H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loa ded up and transported If the vehicle s transmission front or rear axle is damaged have the vehicle transported on a truck or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system if the battery is defective the auto matic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N you must provide power to the vehi cle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 349 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be tow started You could other wise damage the automatic t
391. matic trans In the event of extreme sunlight sections of mission gt page 169 the display may fade This can be reversed by P Active Parking Assist gt page 202 switching the head up display off and on CRUISE Cruise control gt page 183 again Adaptive Highbeam Assist Vehicles with the head up display are gt page 127 equipped with a special windshield Should 234 On board computer and displays a Displays and operation repairs be necessary have the windshield replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Displays and operation Switching the head up display on or off gt Press button 4 When the head up display is switched on the display appears in the driver s field of vision Head up display Content and information for the following systems are shown in the head up display Navigation messages Current speed Set DISTRONIC PLUS speed gt page 185 The selected cruise control speed gt page 183 Fra On board computer and displays In the Settings menu in the submenu head up display you have the following settings options e Switching other displays on off gt page 246 e Setting the position gt page 247 e Setting the brightness gt page 247 s Assistance Graphic menu gt page 243 e Service menu gt page 244 Press the button on the steering wheel e Set tings menu gt page 244 to call up the list of menus and select a menu
392. mera in the rear area is protected by means of a flap This flap opens when the 360 camera is activated Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 335 For technical rea sons the flap may remain open briefly after the 360 camera has been deactivated Activation conditions The 360 camera image can be displayed if e COMAND Audio 20 is switched on see the Digital Operator s Manual e the 360 Camera function is switched on If the 360 camera is activated at speeds above 19 mph 30 km h a warning mes sage appears The warning message disappears if e the vehicle s speed falls below 19 mph 30 km h The 360 camera is then acti vated e the message is confirmed with the button 2i Driving systems Activating the 360 camera using the function button gt Press button 4 Depending on whether position D or R is engaged the following is shown e full screen display with the image from the front camera e full screen display with the image from the rear view camera You can also switch to the split screen view from the full screen view Activating the 360 camera with COMAND gt To select 360 Camera in the carousel menu turn and press the controller Depending on whether position D or R is engaged the following is shown e a split screen with top view and the image from the front camera or e a split screen with top view and the image from the rear view camera
393. message which appears in the Service menu of the multi function display Information on the message display can be found in the Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system section gt page 369 Important safety notes The tire pressure warning system does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 361 The tire pressure loss warning does not replace the need to regularly check the tire pressure An even loss of pressure on several tires at the same time cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cor nering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are driving with a heavy load in the vehicle or on the roof Restarting the tire pressure loss warn ing system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires g
394. meter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 369 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 377 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 377 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic condi tions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h Index Speed rating S up to 112 mph 180 km h il up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZRN up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tir
395. mis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity 5 26 Reading lamp oce Rear compartment Setting the airflow ssec 146 Setting the air vents ss 153 Setting the temperature 145 Rear fog lamp Switching On Off nesses 125 Rear lamps see Lights Rear seat folding the backrest for Wards back i c c0secccsssssesesedecerseeae 302 Rear seats Display message eeeeseeeeeeeees 281 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions ce 334 Function notes Switching On Off eee eeeeeseeeees 208 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual seee 117 Dipping automatic oo eee 119 Rear window blind eee 308 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 149 Switching On Off eee eeeeeseeeees 148 Recuperation display 00 236 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes s s s 402 Refueling Fuel gauge cissie 33 Important safety notes 0 0 171 Refueling process ssec 172 see Fuel Remote control Garage door Opener seese 318 Programming garage door OPERET vvevees toby ves chart eii 319 Replacing bulbs General notes scssi 130 Important safety notes 130 Overview of bulb types s 130 Removing replacing the cover front wheel arch eee eeeeeeeeeee 131 Reporting safety defects 27 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message eeeeese
396. mission to position D or R gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The electric parking brake gt page 176 is automatically released The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then is the parking lock released If the brake pedal is not depressed the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature see the Digital Operator s Manual Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an
397. mixing ratios specified on the container Fuel consumption information Q Environmental note CO carbon dioxide is the gas which scien tists believe to be principally responsible for global warming the greenhouse effect Your vehicle s CO emissions are directly related to fuel consumption and therefore depend on e efficient use of the fuel by the engine e driving style e other non technical factors such as envi ronmental influences road conditions or traffic flow You can minimize your vehicle s CO emis sions by driving carefully and having it serv iced regularly The vehicle will use more fuel than usual in the following situations e at very low outside temperatures e in city traffic Service products and filling capacities ee me Oo 2 c oO oO m Fea Service products and filling capacities L 4 Technical data e on short journeys e in mountainous terrain Engine oil General notes Hl Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment Whe
398. mory function when one or both parts of the rear seat backrest are folded forward the respective front seat moves forward slightly when necessary in Fold corresponding rear seat backrest order to avoid contact forward gt Open the trunk gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat gt Fully insert the rear seat backrest head back if necessary restraints Folding the rear seat backrest back H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged Stowage and features Left and right seat backrest gt Pull right hand or left hand rear seat back rest release handle Q The corresponding rear seat backrest is released Left and right seat backrest gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold rear seat backrest Q back until it engages If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunc tion display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds Middle rear seat backrest gt Pull release lever 2 forwards Rear seat backrest is released gt Tolock fold the left and center seat backr ests forward Make sure that the center and left seat backrests are engaged and joined together gt Slide catch Q upwards The release mechanism of the center seat backrest is locked gt To unlock fold back the left and center rear
399. ms PE BSA Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel End of parking space gt Back up carefully until you have reached the final position Red guide line is then at end of parking space The vehicle is almost parallel in the parking space Wide angle function Pigain Symbol for the wide angle view function Own vehicle PARKTRONIC warning displays You can also use the rear view camera to select a wide angle view When PARKTRONIC is operational gt page 200 a symbol for your own vehicle appears in the Audio 20 COMAND display If the PARKTRONIC warning displays are active warning displays light up in the Audio 20 COMAND display in yellow or red respec tively Object detection The rear view camera helps detect moving and stationary objects If an object person vehicle or other obstacle is detected this object is marked with a bar Objects located some distance from the vehicle away are marked with a yellow bar If the distance to the object is very small the bar is displayed in red Object detection only works in full screen mode To ensure that you can use the function it must be switched on in Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions 360 camera surrounc General notes The 360 camera is a system consisting of four camera
400. n The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance All about wheels and tires The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm on all four winter tires Observe the legally required minimum tire tread depth gt page 359 Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving Further information on winter tires M S tires gt page 360 Temperature Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled c
401. n moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged Despite your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of per sonal injuries occurring as a result of an acci dent cannot be eliminated Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions and maintain a safe dis tance from the vehicle in front Drive care fully Function PRE SAFE intervenes e in emergency braking situations e g when BAS is activated e in critical driving situations e g when phys ical limits are exceeded and the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely e vehicles with the Driving Assistance pack age when a driver assistance system inter venes powerfully or the radar sensor sys tem detects an imminent danger of colli sion in certain situations PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detec ted e the front seat belts are pre tensioned e if the vehicle skids the sliding sunroof and the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is completely closed e vehicles with the memory function for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable position If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAFE slackens the belt pre tensioning All settings made by PRE SAFE c
402. n aid and is no substitute for your attention when closing the sliding roof A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Opening and closing Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press or pull the switch in the corre sponding direction If you press or pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing or pulling again When opening and raising the roof automatic operation is only available if the sliding sun roof is in the closed position The sun protection cover automatically opens along with the sliding sunroof You can open or close the sun protection cover manually
403. n air bag supplements a correctly fastened seat belt and is an additional safety device providing increased protection for vehicle occupants in appropriate accident situations For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suf ficient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device and air bags gt page 56 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 59 Important safety notes Z WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further informatio
404. n con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Restraint system warning lamp The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine is running Z WARNING If restraint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam ple This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp _ PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp are part of the Occupant Classifica tion System
405. n handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 397 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Model Engin MB Approval e model c 300 274 EOIS C 300 4MATIC BEDI 229 52 C 400 4MATIC 276 229 5 AMG vehicles WwW 229 5 MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers Filling capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model Capacity c 300 7 4 qt 7 0 C 300 4MATIC C 400 4MATIC 6 9 qt 6 5 Additives H Do not use any additives in the engine oil This could damage the engine Engine oil viscosity Pai i PEPE Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Select an engine oil with an SAE classification viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table shows you which SAE classifications are to be used The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g as a result
406. n of arrow Safety 1 Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To activate deactivate press button 2 If indicator lamp Q is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driv er s door If indicator lamp is off oper ation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud b gt Driving safety systems den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box Driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 66 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 67 e BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist Brake Assist System PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist gt page 67 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS distance warning function and
407. n the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally If you do not react to the warning a lane correcting application of the brakes can bring the vehicle back into the original lane If you select km in the Display Unit Speed Odometer function on the on board computer gt page 248 Active Lane Keeping Assist is activated starting at a speed of 60 km h If the mi les display unit is selected the assistance range begins at 40 mph Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of phys ics Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot take account of road and weather conditions It may not recognize traffic situations Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot continu ously keep your vehicle in its lane Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearly detect lane markings In such cases Active Lane Keeping Assist can give an unnecessary warning and then make acourse correcting brake application to the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and keep within the lane especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist alerts you Ter minate
408. nction Page Speedometer Coolant temperature dis _ Multifunction display 233 play ze Tachometer 231 pusleduee At a glance __ Warning and indicator lamps Peed Function Page Function Page OR A ESP OFF 288 O Brakes yellow 285 m ESP 288 Restraint system 42 A Distance warning 293 A_ Seat belt 284 l Power steering 295 2D High beam head lamps 126 4 Turn signals 126 Z Low beam head Electric parking brake lamps 125 yellow 290 E Reserve fuel 291 ABS 286 3 0 Parking lamps Ky Check Engine 291 license plate and instru Electric parking brake red 290 ane WS soe ligning 126 park USA only 0 This lamp has no func Canada only tion Brakes red 285 o Rear fog lamps 125 praxe USA only Q Tire pressure monitor 294 Canada only R Coolant 291 Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display Audio 20 COMAND Online display see the separate operating instructions Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Van Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory Adjusts the volume i Mute 3 Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions
409. nctions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Panic alarm POAT gt To activate press Panic button Q for at least one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again PANIC button or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button The SmartKey must be in the vehicle The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 45 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 109 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 108 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 48 A
410. ncy call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call You can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the RA Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button R Roadside Assistance call button Q i MB Info call button e The Inoperative or the Service Not Activated message appears in the multi function display after the system self diag nosis If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 i Stowage and features Stowa
411. nd displays 229 Stowage and features 297 Maintenance and care 6 323 Roadside Assistance 000 339 Wheels and tires 0 ee 357 Technical data 0 0 395 12 V socket see Sockets 360 camera Cleaning sis craianaeciccecaes FUNCtION NOTES cccecesseseeeeesteeees 4ETS see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System AMATIC permanent four wheel DIV EJ 5550525 ioeecee Gade E ABS Anti lock Braking System Display MeSSage ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 251 FUNCtION NOTES senesinin 66 Important safety notes eee 66 Warning lamp eseeseceseeeneeceeeeeeees 286 Accident Automatic measures after an acci QEM ere ere terre 59 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 143 Active Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board Computer ssassn 246 Display Message sssrinin 273 Function information ccccce 221 Active Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on board computer ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 246 Display Message eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 272 Function information cccce 224 Active Parking Assist Detecting parking spaces 203 Display message ssec 273 Exiting a parking space s es 205 FUNCtION NOTES 0 0 cceeeesececeeeeseeees 202 Important safety notes 202 Parking siisii ene aiiiar tssis 204 ADAPTIVE BRAKE o 74 Adaptive Brake Assist FUNCtION NOTES
412. ndicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing the A ing wheel e the corresponding button in COMAND Audio 20 to end the voice call When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND Audio 20 However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is station ary and in a safe location button on the multifunction steer Downloading destinations Downloading destinations Downloading destinations gives you access to a database with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain the location of Points of Interest POIs impor tant destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to four way points You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the controller and confirm with The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be stored in the address book The destination download function is availa ble if e the vehicle is equipped
413. nds until a tone sounds If you press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning You could therefore be locked out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer You can also activate and deactivate the automatic locking function via COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate operating instructions If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 83 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Insert the tip of the mechanical key into the slit on the cover of the driver s door lock and turn it until the cover is released gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position 1 The locking knob pops up and the door unlocks gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt Hold the cover over the lock of the driver s door with the thicker end towards the front of the vehicle and press to secure Then make sure that the slit of the cover is hor izontal Vehicles without KEYLESS GO gt Insert the mechanica
414. ne If indicator lamp is lit gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 goes out The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the currently selected drive program gt page 167 Suspension tuning General notes The Adaptive Damping System automatically controls the calibration of the dampers The damping is tuned individually to each wheel and depends on e your driving style e g sporty e the road surface condition e g bumps e your individual selection i e sports or com fort Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Sports tuning In the Sport and Sport Plus drive pro grams the firmer suspension setting ensures even better contact with the road Select this mode when employing a sporty driving style e g on winding country roads gt Select the S or S drive program with the AGILITY SELECT switch gt page 167 The vehicle is lowered by 0 6 in 15 mm compared to the normal level Comfort tuning In the Eco and Comfort drive programs the driving characteristics of your vehicle are more comfortable Therefore select this mode if you favor a more comfortable driving style Select comfort mode also when driving fast on straight roads e g on straight stretches of highway gt Select the E or C drive program with the AGILITY SELECT switch gt page 167 The vehicle is raised to the normal level When driving at speeds above 80 mph 125 km h th
415. ne that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine ain ie General notes The catalytic converter is preheated for up to 30 seconds after a cold start The sound of the engine may change during this time Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P gt page 164 The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P gt page 166 You can also start the engine when the trans mission is in position N Starting procedure with the SmartKey To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion gt page 157 lock and release it as soon as the engine is running If the engine will not start gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Reinsert the SmartKey into the ignition lock after a short waiting period gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 The indicator lamps in the instrument clus ter light up gt page 284 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 and release it as soon as the engine is running Starting procedure with the Start Stop button The Start Stop button i
416. ne with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives Otherwise engine damage may occur This does not include cleaning addi tives for the removal and prevention of res idue build up Gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only 10 fuel contains up to 10 bioethanol Your vehicle i
417. necting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non combusted fuel If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither charge the battery nor jump start the vehicle The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting characteristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting Roadside Assistance Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e You may only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhau
418. ng D gt Signal type indicator possible causes consequences and gt Solutions lamp zE gt The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running B The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked D or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunctioning 5 The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying o attention to road and traffic conditions S gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 e gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down 6 gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 327 gt If you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop and go traffic ze gt The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine
419. ng lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs vehicles with LED EE LELT A The front and rear light clusters of your vehi cle are equipped with LED light bulbs Do not replace the bulbs yourself Contact a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Changing bulbs vehicles with halo gen headlamps Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e it is hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquid
420. ng so vary the distance between remote control 6 and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 319 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programming button on the door drive control panel The program ming button may be positioned at different locations depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the door drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro gramming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programming button on the door drive unit Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the
421. ng the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the amp seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 284 Air bags Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 56 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure t
422. ngine is running The restraint system is faulty Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered unin tentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop imme diately Ll On board computer and displays For further information about the restraint system see gt page 42 Warning indicator lamp fe rJ rJ Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster gt Signal type Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system for vehicles with gasoline engines e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emer gency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist work shop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This is due to the legal requirements in effect in these states If in doubt check whe
423. ngine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button drive pro gram C is activated For further information about starting the engine see gt page 159 gt Push AGILITY SELECT switch Q up or down until the desired drive program is selected The selected drive program appears in the multifunction display After five seconds the display goes out and the status icon of the selected drive program appears In addition the current drive program set tings are displayed in the Audio 20 COMAND display Available drive programs I Individual Individual settings S Sport Plus Extremely sporty driving characteristics S Sport Sporty driving character istics C Comfort Comfortable and econom ical driving characteristics E Eco Particularly economical driving characteristics Additional information for drive programs gt page 168 Using the steering wheel paddle shifters you can temporarily change gears yourself For further information on the manual drive pro gram gt page 169 Drive program Individual In drive program I the following properties of the drive program can be selected e the drive engine and transmission man agement e the suspension e the steering To permanently select the gears in the drive program I using the steering wheel paddle shifters select the permanent manual gear shift program Information about the selection of drive pro gram I with COMAND or Audio 20 can
424. ngine warning lamp 291 Display message ssec 267 ECO start stop function 161 ENSine NUMDET ssiscecacsceccesssesteeeacseaes 397 Irregular FUNNING oseere 163 JUMpH Starting as sescscsceccesateseecasesstess 349 Starting problems 0 00 ceeeeeeseees 163 Starting the engine with the SmartKey sc ca cence access 159 Starting with the Start Stop but LOM sncsistecsccessdnceessesscacoscesecacbosdesteeses 159 Switching Off ceestis 175 Tow starting vehicle n 354 Engine electronics Problem malfunction ee 163 Engine oil Adding sesso eeiiy iti Additives Checking the oil level sessen 325 Checking the oil level using the GIPStICK sess cc reese sesagesess teas sien seesi 325 Display message ssec 269 Filling Capacity sisssciesrsiississeieisees 400 Notes about oil grades oc eee 400 Notes on oil level consumption 325 VISCOS oerip eter ee eere 400 ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Characteristics sscciossssirissrerseisssss 72 Deactivating activating 0 72 Display message eeeeeeseeteeeeees 251 ETS 4ETS nurnunariiirenaa 72 FUNGCIOM NOLES ssesesssssrssscsresesesostsrets 71 General Notes crsneienicpunsui 71 Important safety information 72 Warning lamp eseeseeeseeeseeeeeeeneees 288 ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys TOM on ccscsees veces cessevetiercececnevanesenesecnceces 72 Exhaust see Exhaust pipe Exhaust check 00 ceeeeeceeseereeeeees 178 Exhaust pipe CI
425. nic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the Driving systems ep front bumper and six sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into con sideration th
426. nimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and e the seat belt is unfastened and the driver s door is open e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If a malfunction occurs then the transmission may be shifted into position P automatically Setting a speed gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up Q or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down 2 to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced If you accelerate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished over taking Setting the specified minimum distance You can set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this
427. nly available in the USA You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 Shortly after successfully registering with the mbrace service a user ID and password will be sent to you by mail You can use this pass word to log onto the mbrace area under Own ers Online at http www mbusa com The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is sufficiently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the COMAND Audio 20 volume con trol The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emerge
428. nnnen ninne onana Important safety guidelines INEFOGUCEION swiscesscecssesseesacvesdssceceecsees ReICASING cc cssctsscesdscadsesezzes Warning lamp eseese Warning lamp function s es Seats Adjusting electrically 0 0 110 Adjusting manually and electri Cally Ea E E EE 110 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DOME isc soa cocsessecncossssechcoonssdecocesncanees 112 Adjusting the head restraint 111 Cleaning the COVEr seee 337 Correct driver s seat position 108 Important safety notes 0 0 0 109 Seat heating ssie 112 Seat heating problem sses 114 Seat ventilation seee 114 Seat ventilation problem 115 Storing settings memory func 1110 a E E ereererer rere recnceepeeerree 121 Switching seat heating on off 112 Switching seat ventilation on off 114 Selector lever CIGAMING sssscesteesecosseceeseeeusscuecesseee sh 336 see Automatic transmission Sensors cleaning instructions 334 Service menu on board com PULCK oo ccesccsteacscesecaestesanceeancaeys 244 Service products Brake fluid ccaenecesesee Coolant engine Engine Oil sssrini FUG RAEE E EER A Important safety notes s es 397 Refrigerant air conditioning sys LEVI ccxcedenstseseseovsndeancestheterssstevssestezsy 402 Washer fluid ccccccscccnsisticsiessssdaciens 402 Settings Factory on board computer 249 On board Computer sissit 244 Side impact air bag 0 ee 50 Side ma
429. nstalled and is therefore not available in all vehicles ECO display a 5 4 km Bonus fr Start gt Use Q on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Usethe VW jor A DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 179 button to select ECO Trip computer From Start or From Reset Distance Duration Average speed Average fuel consumption gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the W or A button to select From lt rr uu The values in the From S t submenu are Lal calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 237 The From St cally reset if rt trip computer is automati e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded
430. nt M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP to function optimally in winter These tires have been developed specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted When you have mounted the M S tires gt Check the tire pressures gt page 365 gt Vehicles for Canada restart the tire pres sure loss warning system gt page 369 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 367 Z WARNING If snow chains are installed to the front wheels they may drag against the vehicle body or chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never install snow chains to the front wheels e always install snow chains in pairs to the rear wheels H Vehicles with steel wheels if you mount snow chains on steel wheels you may damage the hub caps Remove the hub caps from
431. observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all Displays and operation times Otherwise a vehicle that is not oper ating safely may cause an accident If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired park the vehicle safely as soon as possible Contact a qualified specialist work shop For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 33 Displays and operation The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted using brightness control knob a gt Turn brightness control knob Q up or down If the light switch gt page 126 is set to auto 3002 or 2D the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction displ
432. occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors that can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an air bag nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or that the vehicle is rolling over the relevant restraint system components are activated independently of one another depending on the apparent type of accident If the system determines a need for additional protection for the vehicle occupants the Emergency Tensioning Devices are deploye
433. od while the hood is hot gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the vehicle parts Cleaning the wheels Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior
434. of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 43 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are deployed independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe accident further components of the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags and driver s knee bag e Window curtain air bag if the system deter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi cator lamp is lit Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps gt page 43 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if a second deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The deployment threshold of the Emergency Tensioning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which
435. of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu pants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maxi mum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle Se U LE emere eee eee e e H a H Pij p PP at Specification for maximum gross vehicle weight is listed in the Tire and Loading Loading the vehicle Information placard The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load and luggage must not exceed the speci fied value The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that in the illustration You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard PGE EHEN Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is ve
436. olant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Maximum load rating The maximum load rating is the maximum permissible weight in kilograms or Ibs for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two PSI pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Aspect ratio Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Tire pressure This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold Cold tire pressure The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km Tread The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Bead The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim Sidewall The part of the tire between the tread and the bea
437. ompartment in the front center console gt Briefly press trim in the direction of the arrow Cover Q swings upwards The glove box can only be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key E Stowage and features Stowage compartment under the armrest f gt To open press button Q at the front The stowage space opens Depending on the vehicle s equipment the following may be in the stowage space e a multimedia connector unit with 2 USB ports and a SD card slot e g for use with an iPod iPhone or MP3 player see the sep arate Operator s Manual e a small stowage space in the upper front section Stowage compartment in the doors You can store items such as a rolled up fluo rescent jacket driver s door and the vehicle document wallet front passenger door in stowage compartment in the doors In doors you can store bottles with a capa city of up to 34 fl oz 1 0 liter Stowage space in the rear Stowage compartment in the rear seat armrest E Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cover of the stowage compart ment before folding the rear seat armrest back into the seat backrest gt To open fold down the seat armrest gt Press on the front of release catch Q and fold the cover of the armrest upwards Additional stowage space Depending on the equipment the foll
438. omputer gt To deactivate gt page 72 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To activate gt page 72 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e the driven wheels can spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes Driving safety systems e PRE SAFE Brake is no longer available it is also not activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e ESP still provides support when you brake firmly Crosswind Assist General information Strong crosswinds can cause your vehicle to deviate from a straight course The crosswind driving assistance function integrated into ESP significantly reduces these effects ESP intervenes automatically according to the direction and intensity of the crosswinds affecting your vehicle ESP intervenes with stabilizing braking to assist you in keeping the vehicle in the lane Cr
439. on 04 26 Digital speedometer 237 DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission ss 164 Display see Display messages see Warning and indicator lamps Display messages ASSYST PLUS siisii 328 Calling up on board computer 250 Driving Systems sser 271 EMBO ox ienn sees ecesssenee 267 General notes cccsceeeseceeeteeeees 250 Hiding on board computer 250 IMtFOAUCEIOM eosin LENS ir e E Safety systems SmartKey eroista TIES esesesssin Ve hiG lE cacsis cscs tessceasbacdssscecsdiesecesbesdes Distance recorder Distance warning warning lamp 293 Distance warning function FUNCtION NOTES sissors 69 DISTRONIC PLUS ACtIVALING sicrie Activation conditions Cruise control lever neeese Deactivatihg sperie issa Display message eere Displays in the multifunction dis ONE rere eer cer reer peer ee 191 DNINE tPS eserge yerr 192 Function NOLES siseiissssisreias 185 Important safety notes 0 186 Selecting ooir 187 Setting the specified minimum CIStANCE Ws ss ccve cee tissevseverceereerteccees 191 Doors Automatic locking switch 88 Central locking unlocking SmartKey sscccceseietGeseiteneie 81 Control panel ccscecssccestcterevsscecncoss sss 39 Display message esses sce 284 Emergency locking seee 89 Emergency unlocking seses 88 Important safety notes s es 87 Opening from inside n se 87
440. on ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law All about wheels and tires approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Overview Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard Rim diameter gt page 379 Load bearing index DOT Tire Identification Number Speed rating 5 gt page 378 General depending on the manufacturer s 5 Maximum tire load gt page 377 standards the size imprinted in the tire wall _ Maximum tire pressure gt page 364 may not contain any letters or may contain Manufacturer one letter that precedes the size description Tire material gt page 378 If there is no letter preceding the size descrip Tire size designation load bearing capa tion as shown above these are passenger city and speed rating gt page 375 vehicle tires according to European manufac Load index gt page 377 turing standards Tire name If P pre
441. onal display messages in the multifunction display gt USA only the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running The multifunction display also shows a display message with the iO symbol The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop a On board computer and displays ae Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warning D gt Signal type nie Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp gt The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunction Therefore BAS Brake Assist BAS PLUS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Electronic Stability Program Crosswind Assist PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake HOLD function hill start assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are also deactivated ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Ll On board computer and displ
442. onary Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat or steering wheel you and other vehicle occu pants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat or steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped imme diately release the memory function position button The adjustment process is stopped Memory function re Ay WARNING Calling up a stored setting Children could become trapped if they acti gt Press and hold the corresponding storage vate the memory function particularly when position button 1 2 or 3 until unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle e Seat e Steering wheel e Exterior mirrors e Head up display are in the stored position Storing settings The steering wheel and seat adjustment With the memory function you can store up procedure is interrupted A3 SPONaAS m to three different settings e g for three dif release the storage position button The ferent people adjustment of the mirror is still carried out The following settings are stored as a single memory preset e position of the seat backrest and head restraint e seat heating cushion surfaces e driver s side position of the exterior mir rors on the d
443. onitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system the tire pres sure monitor when the damaged wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with a tire pressure control sys tem all installed wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors When you are driving with the emergency spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the defective wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodyw
444. ons e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off If necessary the Cooling with air dehu midification function is activated In this case the indicator lamp above the ac button remains switched off Gy gt To deactivate press the rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the rocker switch goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Press the top or bottom section of the auto rocker switch Windows fogged up on the inside gt Activate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function with the ae rocker switch or gt Activate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function via Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Switch on automatic mode using the rocker switch gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield defrosting function using the g rocker switch You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again AUTO Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Switch on automatic mode using the rocker switch AUTO If you clean the windows regularly they do not fog up so quickly General notes The rear window defroster has a high curren
445. ons If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 A WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking Driving safety systems The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 BAS PLUS is only available on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package For BAS PLUS to assist you when driving the radar sensor system and the camera system must be operational With the help of a sensor system and a cam era system BAS PLUS can detect obstacles e that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time e that cross the path of your vehicle In addition pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected BAS PLUS detects pedestrians by using typi cal characteristics such as the body contours and posture of a person standing upright If the radar sensor system or the camera sys
446. ons are only available A WARNING with limitations or not at all This could affect Flammable material such as leaves grass or for example the power steering and the brake twigs may ignite if they come into contact with boosting effect You will require considerably hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust more effort to steer and brake There is a risk gas flow There is a risk of fire of an accident Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate _PO not switch off the ignition while driving rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the electric parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the SmartKey must be removed from the
447. onsole Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 396 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all s
448. oo eeeeneeeeeeeeee 349 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board Computer 0 0 eeeeeseeeeeeeees 246 Display message seeeeseeseeeeeee 273 Notes FUNCtION oo eeeeesseeceeeenees 217 see Active Blind Spot Assist Box trunk 2320 sc c502 2css5ceesehcethdacerseeeass 304 Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message eeeeeseereeeeees 258 INOLESievat pete EEE 401 Brake force distribution elec tronic see EBD electronic brake force distribution Brake lamps Display MeSSage seeeeseeeeeeeees 265 Brakes ABS ieisinsieeniviiiiiaensnninie 66 Adaptive Brake Assist eeeeeeeee 70 BAS ee eee 67 BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic ASSI Steis re EE E woe 67 Brake fluid notes cee eeeeeseeeees 401 Display message secere 251 EBD ienaa 73 Hill Start assistissen 160 HOLD TUN CON veined secesiesaavccesvess 196 Important safety notes s es 180 Maintenance cccseeceseeseeseeeeees 181 Parking Drake cssctescssscsssecaesteegess 176 Riding tIPS seccaccevscsecsdeeiees 180 Warning lamp sescccssscssssseectsseeancssecsse 285 Breakdown see Flat tire see Towing away Brightness control instrument cluster lighting 0 0 00 cece eeeeeseeeees 32 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs Buttons on the steering wheel 231 California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees eee 24 Calling up a malfunction see Display messa
449. or this reason you 7 Maintenance and care LJ Maintenance and care should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Washing the vehicle and cleaning the paintwork Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that e the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed e the windshield wiper switch is at position 0 e the 360 camera or rear view camera is swi
450. or ventilation time depends on the interior temperature that has been set Sem c fe oO oO oO fe Operating the climate control systems Climate control i Switching on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock or remove it gt page 157 gt To activate press the MENU rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the MENU switch lights up rocker The blower will run at a low speed regardless of the airflow setting If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed gt To deactivate press the MENU rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the MENU switch goes out Residual heat is deactivated automatically rocker e after approximately 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops Perfume atomizer Operating the perfume atomizer Z WARNING If children open the perfume vial they could drink the perfume or it could come into con tact with their eyes There is a risk of injury Do not leave children unsupervised in the vehicle If the perfume liquid has been drunk consult a doctor If perfume comes into contact with your eyes or skin rinse the eyes with clean water If you continue to experience difficul ties consult a doctor Q Environmental note Mf Full
451. ork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 361 Wheel and tire combinations Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time Sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 341 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended ti
452. ose clip in cover Q at the rear gt Fold cover Q forwards until it engages Fuse box in the engine compartment Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses D Roadside Assistance LJ Roadside Assistance gt Open the hood gt Open the trunk lid gt To open press safety clips Q onthe cover gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 305 together gt To open swing cover Q upwards in the gt Remove fuse box cover 2 upwards direction of the arrow gt To close fold down cover Q in the oppo site direction to the arrow Make sure that the cover is in the recess provided for it The fuse allocation chart is located in a recess at the side of the fuse box You can find the corresponding fuse rating and fuse type on the fuse allocation chart gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt Loosen screws 3 fold up fuse box lid and remove it gt To close check whether the seal is posi tioned correctly in the lid gt Insert lid into the bracket at
453. osswind Assist is active at vehicle speeds above 50 mph 80 km h when driving straight ahead or cornering gently Important safety notes Crosswind Assist does not work if ESP is deactivated or disabled because of a mal function BD electronic brake force distribu General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 A WARNING If EBD is malfunctioning the rear wheels can lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have b gt Pa E Y q N Driving safety systems the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 286 as well as dis play messages gt page 254 ADAPTIVE BRAKE ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 196 and hill start assist gt page 160 PRE SAFE Brake General information Pay attention to the important safety notes in the Driving safety systems sec tion gt page 66 PRE SAFE Brake is only available for vehi cles with the Dr
454. otal and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 369 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Step 2 Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occu pants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 1 Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 200 lbs Occupant 1 150 Ibs 91 kg 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Step 3 Example 1 Permissible load 1500 Ibs 680 kg maximum gross vehi 750 Ibs 340 kg cleweightratingfrom 750 lbs 340 kg the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occu pants Even if you have
455. otor is used by PRE SAFE to trigger the tightening of the seat belt in haz ardous situations This procedure is reversi ble If Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The amp restraint system warning lamp lights up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it may cause short term breathing difficulties in people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit deploys the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be deployed if e the ignition is switched on e the components
456. ou your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may
457. ou by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e both right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or slippery road surface when you brake e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 66 No steering support is provided from STEER CONTROL if e ESP is malfunctioning e the lighting is faulty If ESP is malfunctioning you will be assisted further by the electrical power steering Protection against theft The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO start function or KEYLESS GO switch the igni tion off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Any one can start the engine if a valid SmartKey has been left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be star ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Protection agains
458. out Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 219 For further information about Active Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 224 Head up display submenu Switching other displays on off This function is only available if the vehicle is equipped with Navigation and or Traffic Sign Assist In the on board computer you can select which contents are shown on the windshield when the head up display is activated gt page 233 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the W or A button to select the Head up Display submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W jor A Display Content gt Press OK to confirm buttons to select Switching the navigation messages dis play on off gt Press the OK button to save the setting When you switch on the Navigation Mes sages display navigation messages are shown on the windshield when the head up display is activated For more information on navigation see the separate operating instructions Setting the position You can adjust the position of the displayed contents on the windshield gt Switch on the Head up display gt page 234 gt Use on the steering w
459. oved 1 OrM S 4 for winter tires All about wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 369 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration DOT Tire Identification Number TIN US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers or retread ers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affec ted tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi cation code tire size Q tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code 2 provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 358 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type
460. ow the minimum gt Add washer fluid gt page 327 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages ee Display messages Replace Key Battery Don t Forget Your Key Key Not Detected white display mes sage Key Not Detected red display message Remove Start But ton and Insert Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 84 The SmartKey is not in the ignition lock You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off This display message is displayed for a maximum of 60 seconds and is simply a reminder gt Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle The SmartKey is currently undetected gt Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle If the SmartKey still cannot be detected gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position The SmartKey is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds If the engine is switched off you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions
461. owing additional stowage areas are available in the vehicle e card and coin holder in the dashboard above the light switch not suitable for hold ing thin objects such as shopping tokens e the open stowage compartment in the cen ter console e stowage net in front passenger footwell e the map pockets on the back of the driver s and front passenger seat e the parcel nets on the left and right hand side in the trunk Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 298 Ski and snowboard bag Important safety notes Z WARNING The skibag in conjunction with the lashing straps cannot restrain any objects other than skis Vehicle occupants could be struck in the event of sudden braking or an accident for instance if you e transport other heavy or sharp edged objects in the skibag e do not secure the skibag with the lashing straps There is a risk of accident and injury Store only skis in the skibag Always secure the skibag with the lashing straps so that it cannot move around A maximum of four pairs of skis or two snow boards can be transported in the ski and snowboard bag Securing the ski and snowboard bag in the trunk gt Fold the middle rear seat backrest forwards gt page 302 gt Slide the ski and snowboard bag between the two outside rear seat backrests Ensure that the wheels of the ski and snowboard bag are in the trunk gt O
462. pears in the mul tifunction display Shifting gears Pulling on the left or right steering wheel pad dle shifter allows you to shift gears yourself for alimited time Depending on which paddle shifter is pulled the automatic transmission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up if permitted gt To shift up pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 169 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear If the maximum engine speed on the cur rently engaged gear is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission automatically shifts up in order to prevent engine damage gt To shift down pull on the left hand steer ing wheel paddle shifter gt page 169 The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the automatic transmission protects against engine dam age by not shifting down Automatic down shifting occurs when coasting Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear 2 according to gearshift recommendation when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster Deactivating If you have activated manual gear shifting it will remain active for a certain amount of time Under certain conditions the minimum amount
463. ped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 361 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires
464. ped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Engine compartment lood Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department a Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger fro
465. pen the ski and snowboard bag with zip per and place the skis or snowboards inside it gt Close the ski and snowboard bag gt Pull tensioning strap tight by the loose end until the skis or snowboards are held firmly inside the ski and snowboard bag gt Engage tensioning strap in a diagonal pattern on hooks 4 in cargo tie down rings as shown Rear bench seat through loading fea ture Important safety notes A WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 298 The outside and the middle rear seat backr ests can be folded down separately to E Stowage and features increase the trunk capacity The division ratio is 40 to 20 to 40 Folding the rear seat backrests forward gt Vehicles without memory function if nec essary move the driver s or front passenger seat forward gt Vehicles with me
466. ping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Active oo e i a me 00 S T m Ea Driving systems Driving and parking Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes Z WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist Z WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and wea
467. r Check Right Mirror Turn Signal vy N gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 0 The left or right hand brake lamp is defective NA Check Left Brake gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays IOF The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop IOF The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop IOF The left or right hand tail lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Lamp or Check TOF The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 130 Right High Beam on gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 0 The left or right hand license plate lamp is defective License Plate Lamp Visit a qualified specialist workshop d Display messages E On board computer and displays Display messages Eo Check Front Left Parking Lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp O Backup Light Malfunction See Operator s Manual ros Auto Lamp Function Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand backup lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 130 or gt Visit a qualified specialis
468. r recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers Battery vehicle The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power Charging the battery Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only u
469. r dehumidification gt page 143 To set the temperature right gt page 145 Optimum use of dual zone climate control Dual zone automatic climate control The following contains notes and recommen dations on optimum use of dual zone climate control e Activate climate control using the auto rocker switch The indicator lamp above the auto rocker switch lights up The Cool ing with air dehumidification function is not activated automatically in automatic mode If necessary activate this function gt page 143 e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode Climate control Pl Overview of climate control systems AGILITY SELECT switch You can choose between various drive pro grams with the AGILITY SELECT switch gt page 167 If you have selected the drive program E the climate control switches to Eco mode In Eco mode e the cooling output is reduced when cooling e when heating the electrical heater booster is deactivated and heat output is reduced as a result e the rear window defroster running time is reduced If you have selected the drive program C S or S the climate
470. r example when starting the engine To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey e the Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock e the SmartKey must be in the vehicle e the vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt page 81 Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different SmartKey positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immedi ately Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of the Smart Key Driving and parking oi ving _ Driving and parking The Start Stop button can be removed from the ignition lock Then you can insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey s remote control or with KEYLESS GO after a short time e you will not be able to switch on the ignition with the Start Stop button e you will not be able to start the engine with the Start Stop button until the vehicle is unlocked again If you lock the vehicle centrally using the but ton on the front door gt page 87 you can continue to start the engine with the Start Stop button
471. ransmission You can find information on Jump start ing under gt page 349 Fuses Important safety notes Z WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or sys tems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Make sure that the ignition is switched off gt page 157 or gt When using the SmartKey turn the Smart Key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it gt page 157 All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fu
472. rcum stances the vehicle will brake briefly on one side This is meant to assist you in bringing the vehicle back to the original lane Z WARNING A lane correcting brake application cannot always bring the vehicle back into the original lane There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist warns you or makes a lane correcting brake appli cation Ii Driving and parking Se Driving systems _ Driving and parking If a lane correcting brake application occurs display Q appears in the multifunction dis play The brake application also slightly reduces vehicle speed This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A lane correcting brake application can be made after driving over a lane marking rec ognize as being solid or broken Before this a warning must be given by means of intermit tent vibration in the steering wheel In addi tion a lane with lane markings on both sides must be recognized In the case of a broken lane marking being detected a lane correcting brake application can only be made if a vehicle has been detec ted in the adjacent lane Oncoming vehicles overtaking vehicles and vehicles in adjacent lanes can be detected A further lane correcting brake applica tion can only occur after your vehicle has returned to the original lane No lane correcting brake application oc
473. rd and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period e When changing gears manually change up in good time before the tachometer needle reaches 7 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick
474. re monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a Clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active display message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e Ifthe Please Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction dis play the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next opportunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e If the Caution Tire Malfunction appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has drop ped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 277 If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rota ted the tire pressures may be displayed for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the cor rect positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you r
475. rect sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low D Wheels and tires m Wheels and tires Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Underinflated tires Z WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e overheat leading to tire defec
476. rect tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 361 gt If the tire pressure is too low increase it to the recommended value gt Ifthe tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve Use the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires Tire pressure monitor General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Service menu of the mul tifunction display see illustration example For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 367 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided
477. reeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Service products and filling capacities cca Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively Mercedes
478. res are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries On the following pages you can find infor mation on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you would like to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires you may also in cer tain circumstances require rims of the appropriate size The size of the approved winter tires may deviate from that of the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Tires c 300 Summer tires R17 Tires BA 225 50 R17 94 W R18 Tires FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL2 RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL2 3 R19 Tires FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 245 35 R19 93 Y XL 9 FA 225 40 R19 93 Y XL RA 255 35 R19 96 Y XL 2 Available as MOExtended Wheel and tire combinations Wheels BA 7 0
479. rflow settings for the driver s and front passenger areas FOCUS high airflow that is set slightly cooler medium airflow standard setting low airflow that is set slightly warmer and with less of a draft MEDIUM DIFFUSE gt To set set the climate mode using Audio 20 COMAND see separate operating instructions Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the Y A rocker switch or gt Set the temperature using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Operating the climate control systems ee 3 zone automatic climate control General notes 3 zone automatic climate control zones You can select different temperature settings for the driver s and front passenger sides as well as for the rear compartment Setting the temperature in the front com partment using the front control panel gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press the upper or lower section of the W A rocker switch or gt Set the temperature using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions Only change the temperature setting
480. ring wheel can The steering column is locked still be adjusted when there is no key inthe gt Check if the steering column is locked ignition lock When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction a Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors ket Adjusting the steering wheel electri cally To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment To adjust the steering wheel height Further related subjects e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 116 e Storing settings gt page 121 e Operating the on board computer gt page 231 _EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Important safety notes Z WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak ing adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel Move the steering wheel adjustment lever if there is a risk of entrapment by the steering wheel The adjustment process is stopped Press one of the memory function position buttons The adjustment process is stopped This function is only available on vehicles with memory function Z WARNING If children activate the EASY ENTRY EXIT fea ture they can become trapped particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving
481. river s and front passenger sides e position of the head up display Seats steering wheel and mirrors Ei gt Adjust the seat accordingly gt page 110 gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel gt page 116 and the exterior mirrors gt page 118 gt Press memory button M and one of the storage position buttons 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position A tone sounds when the set tings have been completed Useful information 0 eee 124 Exterior lighting c cceeee 124 Interior lighting cceeeeeee 129 Replacing bulbs vehicles with LED headlamps e neers ceccetrceet cesses 130 Changing bulbs vehicles with hal ogen headlamps cceee 130 Windshield wipers 008 133 Lights and windshield wipers i fea Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that yo
482. rker lamp display mes sage Side windows Cleaning Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Important safety information Opening closing Problem malfunction Resetting Sliding sunroof Opening closing Resetting see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing the battery Changing the programming Checking the battery Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Display message Door central locking unlocking Important safety notes KEYLESS GO start function Mechanical key Overview Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction Starting the engine Snow chains Sockets Center console General notes Rear compartment Specialist workshop Special seat belt retractor Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Activating deactivating the addi tional speedometer Digital In the Instrument cluster Segments Selecting the unit of measure ment see Instrument cluster Standing lamps Display message Switching on off Start Stop button Starting the engine Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine STEER CONTROL Steering Warning lamps Steering display message Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot DISTRONIC PLUS Display message Steering assistant STEER CON TROL see STEER CONTROL Steering wheel Adjusting electrically Adjusting manually Button overview Buttons on board computer Cleaning EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Important safety notes Paddle sh
483. rmrest gt To open press the front of cup holder or 2 Cup holder Q or extends automatically gt To fold out place a container in the cup holder The cup holder folds down automatically gt To fold in remove the container The cup holder folds in automatically gt To close slide cup holder or back until it engages Overview Z WARNING If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident b gt E Stowage and features Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving Stowage and features Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into bracket and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side Rear side window roller sunblinds H Always guide the roller sunblind by hand Do not let it snap back suddenly as this would damage the automatic roller mech anism H Do not drive the vehicle with the roller sunblind hooked in and the side windows opened simultaneously The roller sunblind can jump out of the retainers and spring back suddenly when driving at high speeds e g when driving on th
484. rney Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual Occupant safety a gt page 59 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 51 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if Safety 1 e they are damage
485. ront passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any ob
486. roof with power tilt sliding panorama roof with panel is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly power tilt sliding panel Immediately after it blocks pull the E switch down again to cannot be closed and the point of resistance until the sliding sunroof or panorama roof you cannot see the with power tilt sliding panel is closed cause The sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed with more force If the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after it blocks pull the switch down again to the point of resistance until the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed The sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed without the anti entrapment feature Useful information 0 eee 108 Correct driver s seat position 108 Seats oee 109 Steering wheel ceeceeseeees 115 Mirrors s c ccesecc eee cere etese secs 117 Memory function ccc0s0eeee 120 Seats steering wheel and mirrors E fa Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific difference
487. rtKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely The vehicle remote unlocking feature is avail able if the relevant mobile phone network is available and a data connection is possible gt Contact the following service hotlines Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center Alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote closing The vehicle remote closing feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote closing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely The vehicle remote clos
488. s e the outer area fills up and the inner area lights up green mod erate acceleration especially at higher speeds e the outer area empties and the inner area is gray sporty accel eration Coasting evaluation of all decel eration processes e the outer area fills up and the inner area lights up green antic ipatory driving keeping your dis tance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes e the outer area empties and the inner area is gray frequent heavy braking Constant continuous evaluation over the entire journey e the outer area fills up and the inner area lights up green con stant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration e the outer area empties and the inner area is gray fluctuations in speed The three inner areas display the current driv ing style and light up green as a result of a particularly economical driving style Depending on the driving situation up to two areas may light up simultaneously A Driving and parking 10 ving s Driving and parking At the beginning of the journey the three outer areas are empty and fill up as a result of economical driving A higher level indicates a more economical driving style If the three outer areas are completely filled at the same time the driver has adopted the most eco nomical driving style for the selected settings and prevailing conditions
489. s Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 130 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace your self changed at a qualified specialist work shop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Changing bulbs vehicles with halogen headlamps You must remove the cover of the front wheel housing before you can change the front turn signal lamp gt To remove switch off the lights gt Turn the front wheels inwards gt Turn rotary knob Q 180 outwards until it stops using a suitable object Cover is released gt Fold cover upwards gt To install insert cover into the left right and two lower catches gt Turn rotary knob Q 180 inwards until it stops using a suitable object Vehicles with halogen headlamps Low beam headlamp H7 55 W High beam headlamp H7 55 W Turn signal lamp PWY 24 W Cover is locked Low beam headlamps Tail lamp halogen headlamps Turn signal P21 W Backup lamp W 16 W Lights and windshield wipers E PEI Pat gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood Changing the
490. s The system analyzes images from the follow ing cameras e Rear view camera e Front camera e Two cameras in the exterior rear view mir rors The cameras capture the immediate sur roundings of the vehicle The system sup ports you for example when parking or if vision is restricted at an exit You can show pictures from the 360 camera in full screen mode or in six different split screen views on the COMAND Audio 20 dis play A split screen view also includes a top view of the vehicle This view is calculated from the data supplied by the installed cam eras virtual camera The six split screen views are Driving systems ae e top view and picture from the rear view camera 130 viewing angle e top view and image from the front camera 130 viewing angle without displaying the maximum steering wheel angle e top view and enlarged rear view e top view and enlarged front view e top view and pictures from the rearward facing mirror cameras rear wheel view e top view and pictures from the forward facing mirror cameras front wheel view When the function is active and you shift the transmission from D or R to N the guide lines in the COMAND display are hidden When you change between transmission positions D and R you see the previously selected front or rear view Important safety notes The 360 camera is only an aid and may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The 3
491. s e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth Cleaning the plastic trim Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp c
492. s E10 compatible You can refuel your vehicle using E10 fuel C 300 4MATIC as a temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 88 AKI 93 RON All other models as a temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engine performance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden acceleration Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 172 Additives H Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz You must observe the notes and
493. s are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Correct driver s seat position A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine gt Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment gt page 109 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Electrical seat adjustment gt page 110 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly e your legs are not fully extended gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety guidelines on steerin
494. s complete the Sending vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted dur ing data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent gt Press the OK button to confirm the mes sage The voice connection with the Customer Assistance Center is terminated The Vehicle Diagnostics Transfer ring Data message appears The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance Center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voice con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Another function of the vehicle remote mal function diagnosis is the transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance Center If a service is overdue the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your workshop Stowage and features Stowage and features This information can also be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on the data stored in the vehicle gt page 28 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 24 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system A route can be prepared and sent by either a customer service representative or under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Each route can include up to four way points Once a
495. s driven in the low engine speed range and the wheels are less likely to spin Automatic transmission ie Drive program E Eco Drive program E is characterized by the fol lowing e the vehicle exhibits comfortable economi cal handling characteristics e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner The vehicle is driven in the low engine speed range and the wheels are less likely to spin e during deceleration the engine is discon nected from the drive train The vehicle uses kinetic energy and consumes less fuel overrun mode e the performance of air conditioning system and heating are reduced General notes Left steering wheel paddle shifter shifts down Right steering wheel paddle shifter shifts up Using the steering wheel paddle shifters you can temporarily change gears yourself The transmission must be in position D oo pen a me f eTo 5 T m Automatic transmission __ Driving and parking Activating gt Shift the transmission to position D gt Pull the left or right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 169 Manual gear shifting is activated tempora rily The selected gear ap
496. s electri cally 4 Seat heating Seat ventilation Opens the door a Unlocks locks the vehicle Opens closes the rear left side window Opens closes the left side window Page 120 110 112 114 87 87 97 2 Door control panel Function gt al y oO Adjusts and folds the exte rior mirrors in out electri cally Opens closes the right side window Opens closes the rear right side window Override feature for the controls in the rear compartment D Opens closes the trunk lid Page 118 OH OY 65 95 At a glance p ca 39 Useful information eee 42 Panic alantn esccce e 42 Occupant safety 0 ceeceeeeeeeeee 42 Children in the vehicle 59 Pets in the vehicle e seen 65 Driving safety systems 5 66 Protection against theft 76 Safety ig E Occupant safety Occupant safety Safety Wo Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and fu
497. s for up to 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is not fastened Ll On board computer and displays gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning tone ceases A gt The red seat belt warning lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them ina secure place The warning lamp goes out 4 The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them ina secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Warning indicator lamp gt Signal type Possible
498. s in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop tz gt The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 72 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 72 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warning gt Signal type sia Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp fz gt The yellow ESP warning lamp is lit while the engine is running ESP BAS BAS PLUS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE Brake HOLD function hill start assist Cross wind Assist STEER CONTROL Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are unavailable due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operat
499. s only available on vehicles with KEYLESS GO or the KEYLESS GO start function The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle manually without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition bo e pan a ge c bo S k a 60 ving Driving and parking lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle This mode for starting the engine operates independently of the ECO start stop auto matic engine start function You can start the engine if a valid SmartKey is in the vehicle Switch off the engine and always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle even if you only leave it for a short time Pay attention to the important safety notes gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once gt page 157 The engine starts Pulling away Automatic transmission Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate H if a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the multifunction display the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the trans
500. s only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason all work on the engine must be carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet ECO display The ECO display shows you how economical your driving style is The ECO display assists you in achieving the most economical driving style for the selected settings and prevailing conditions Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption Acceleration Coasting Constant Additional range achieved Range 4 is shown under Bonus fr Start and represents the additional range achieved since the beginning of the journey as a result of an adapted driving style If the fuel level has dropped into the reserve range the Reserve Fuel message is shown in the multifunction display instead of Driving tips v range The warning lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up gt page 291 The ECO display consists of three sections with an inner and outer area The sections correspond to the following three categories Acceleration evaluation of all acceleration processe
501. s or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Front air bags Driver s air bag inflates in front of the steering wheel front passenger front air bag 2 inflates in front of and above the glove Ox Occupant safety ee A Y Ge N a Occupant safety Safety The front air bags for the front seats offer additional protection for the head and thorax The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you about the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 43 Front passenger front air bag 2 will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 51 The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up gt page 52 e the restraint system predicts a high severity of an accident Driver s knee bag Driver s knee bag Q inflates underneath the steering column The driver s knee bag is always deployed along with the driver s front air bag The driver s knee bag on the driver s seat offers additional
502. s running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid Never drive with the trunk lid open H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can be found in the printed Operator s Manual Opening and closing bead Trunk Opening You can open the trunk lid from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked gt Pull remote operating switch for trunk lid until the trunk lid opens Locking the trunk separately You can lock the trunk separately If you then unlock the vehicle centrally the trunk remains locked and cannot be opened Activating the function to lock the trunk sep arately gt Close the trunk lid gt Open the glove box gt Push the switch to position 1 If the vehicle is unlocked centrally the trunk remains locked You can also lock the glove box gt page 299 Deactivating the function to lock the trunk separately gt Open the glove box gt Push the switch to position If the vehicle is unlocked centrally the trunk will also be unlocked Unlocking the trunk mechanical key H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the SmartKey
503. s store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight or the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle including occu pants The values are specified on the vehi cle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the trunk as pos sible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle o
504. s using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if itis very dirty use a soft brush or dry shampoo gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean ing agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz 1 Maintenance and care Useful information eee 340 Where will find 0 eee 340 Flat tire o eest 341 Battery vehicle ceeee 345 Jump starting e a 349 Towing and tow starting 351 FUSES n a a E ote 354 O Roadside Assistance Where will I find en Roadside Assistance Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Where will I find General notes The towing eye is located in the stowage well under the trunk floor In vehicles with MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics the towing eye is located in a bracket under the parcel shelf Apart from cert
505. s with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufac In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may also be imprinted on the side wall of the tire You will find this after the let ter that identifies the speed rating turers Association RMA and the Rubber page 375 Association of Canada RAC regarding the e If no specification is given no text as in the tire traction on snow They have been espe example above represents a standard o cially developed for driving on snow load SL tire o An electronic speed limiter prevents your XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130mph tire 210km h e Light Load represents a light load tire The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac e C D E represents a load range that tory may be higher than the maximum speed depends on the maximum load that the tire that the electronic speed limiter permits can carry at a certain pressure Make sure that your tires have the required Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi speed rating e g when buying new tires The ate from the data in the example Ee required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the Tires section gt page 386 Maximum load rating Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is appr
506. sbenescsed Service MENU sorses Settings MENU ssis niser Standard display ssec Telephone Menu ssssssssserersiss Trip menu Video DVD operation sses Opening and closing the side trim panels inenen Operating safety Declaration of conformity s s 26 Important safety notes ee 25 Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual OVENWIEW aiii heres inlets 23 Vehicle equipment cccssesscseseees gt 23 Outside temperature display 231 Overhead control panel 38 Override feature Rear side WINdOWS ss eeeeeeeereeeees 65 Po Paint code number see 396 Paintwork cleaning instructions 332 Panic alar Mie esens 42 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes ee 101 Opening CIOSING cceeeeeeeeees 103 Problem malfunction 106 RESCUING cshsciseccacesnctodstsentscosescsasis 105 Parking Important safety notes s 174 Parking Drake assiisscssasssecestecsssssnaeis 176 Position of exterior mirror front passenger SIE eeeceeseesteeeeteees 119 Rear view camera secere 207 see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist eeeeeeee 202 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message secere 254 Electric parking brake nesses 176 Warning lamp siiesiissisirirssis 290 Parking lamps Switching on off neee 126 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating
507. scharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 84 and replace it if nec essary gt page 84 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop Opening and closing KEYLESS GO was deactivated gt Reactivate KEYLESS GO gt page 81 The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 84 and replace it if nec essary gt page 84 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop If the vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 88 or lock gt page 89 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt
508. se ZS on the steering wheel to call up tion i the list of menus will see the selected setting km or gt Press the W or A button on the steer NGS ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Press the OK button to save the setting gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering The selected unit of measurement for dis wheel tance applies to gt Press the Y or A button to select the e Digital speedometer in the Trip menu Instrument Cluster submenu e Odometer and the trip odometer gt Press OK to confirm e Trip computer gt Use Y or _A to select the Addi e Current consumption and the range tional Speedometer function The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the OK button again e Navigation instructions in the Navi menu e Cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e ASSYST PLUS service interval display Menus and submenus ee Restoring the factory settings gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the W or A button to select the Factory Settings submenu gt Press OK to confirm The Reset All Settings message appears gt Pr
509. se battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V E Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 349 gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 349 P Roadside Assistance ed Roadside Assistance a Battery vehicle Never charge the battery if itis still installed in the vehicle unless you use a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz A battery charger unit spe cially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available as an accessory It permits the charging of the battery in its installed posi tion Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information and availabil ity Read the battery charger s operating instructions before charging the battery If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the dis charged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting charac teristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified speciali
510. sed risk of injury or even fatal injury air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted They will then not be deployed in the event of an accident If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message appears in the instru ment cluster gt page 263 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay atten tion to the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamps Be aware of the status of the front passenger Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat You can find more information on OCS under Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 55 Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard in the event of an accident the child could e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON is lit up This poses an increased risk of injury or
511. sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up a transmitted destination address gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 The transmitted destination address is loa ded into the vehicle s navigation system N oO Sn 5 oO 2 me c Oo oO b0 z je N Stowage and features A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the controller and confirm with The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be stored in the address book If you have sent more than one destination address each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same order as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehicles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registered under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement Sma
512. service station search is performed in Driving systems COMAND You can select a service station and navigation to this service station will then begin This function can be activated and deactivated in COMAND Lane Tracking package General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 217 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 219 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist monitors the areas on either side of the vehicle that are not visible to the driver with two lateral rear facing radar sen sors A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the corresponding turn signal to change lane you will also receive an optical and audible warn ing Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes Z WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is suf
513. ses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box on the driver s side of the dash board e Fuse box in the front passenger footwell e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the driver s side e Fuse box under the trunk floor on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in the trunk gt page 356 Dashboard fuse box H Do not use a pointed object such as a screwdriver to open the cover in the dash board You could damage the dashboard or the cover H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the driver s door gt To open pull out cover a slightly at the bottom in the direction of arrow Q gt Fold cover Q outwards in the direction of arrow 2 gt To close fold in cover Q until it engages Fuse box in the front passenger foot well H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the front passenger door gt Open the front passenger door gt To open fold cover 1 out towards the rear and remove it gt To cl
514. ses as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H Shift the automatic transmission to N and do not open the driver s or front passeng er s door during towing The automatic transmission may otherwise shift to posi tion P which could damage the transmis sion H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum per missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi cle Details on the permissible gross vehicle weight of your vehicle can be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 396 It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed away If the vehicle has suffered transmission dam age have it transported on a transporter or trailer The automatic transmission must be in posi tion N when the vehicle is being towed If the automatic transmission cannot be shifted to position N have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to po
515. sh the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance The ECO start stop function is not available when reverse gear is engaged Further infor mation on the ECO start stop function gt page 161 Shifting to neutral N Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt f the transmission is in position D or R push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically With the SmartKey if you then open one of the front doors or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P With the Start Stop button if you th
516. sistance e on very sharp corners e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed Pay attention also to the important safety notes for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 186 The steering interventions are carried out with a limited steering moment The system requires the driver to keep his hands on the steering wheel and to steer himself If you do not steer yourself or if take your hands off the steering wheel for a prolonged period of time the system will first alert you with a visual warning A steering wheel sym bol appears in the multifunction display If you have still not started to steer and have not taken hold of the steering wheel after five seconds at the latest a warning tone also sounds to remind you to take control of the vehicle Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot switch to passive mode DISTRONIC PLUS remains active Activating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Press button Indicator lamp Q lights up The DTR Steering Assist On message appears in the multifunction display Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are activated Driving systems ee oo e o a To a 00 gt T m ea Driving systems _ Driving and parking Information in the multifunction display If Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are acti vated but is not ready for a steering interven tion steering wheel symbol Q appears in gray If the syste
517. sit a qualified specialist workshop Ea Display messages _ On board computer and displays Vehicle Display messages Se To Pe or N to Start Engine Auxiliary Battery Malfunction Apply Brake to Shift from P Transmission Not in P Risk of Vehi cle Rolling Away Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer Only Shift to P when Vehicle is Stationary Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N The auxiliary battery for the transmission is no longer being charged gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have attempted to move the transmission selector lever to position D R or N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal The driver s door is open and the transmission is in position R N or D A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also sounds If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown serv
518. site direction or accelerate The course correcting brake application is available in the speed range between 20 mph 30 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Either no braking application or a course correcting brake application adapted to the driving situation occurs if e there are vehicles or obstacles e g crash barriers located on both sides of your vehi cle e avehicle approaches you too closely at the side e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds e you clearly brake or accelerate e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP or PRE SAFE Brake e ESP is switched off e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected Switching on Active Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Active Blind Spot Assist is activated in the on board computer gt page 246 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps Q in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds Gray radar waves propagating backwards appear next to the vehicle in the assistance display in the multifunction display Active Lane Keeping Assist General notes Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of camera system Q at the top of the windshield Vari ous different areas to the front rear and side of your vehicle are also monitored with the aid of the radar sensor system Active Lane Keep ing Assist detects lane markings o
519. sition 2 in the ignition lock e cannot release the electric parking brake e cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N Disarm the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 88 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle The brackets for the screw in towing eyes are located in the bumpers They are at the rear and at the front under covers Q gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit stowage tray gt page 340 gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards and remove gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye clock wise to the stop Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit stowage tray Only vehicles without 4MATIC can be towed with the rear axle raised H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loa ded up and transported H The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could other wise damage the brake system gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 127 gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt If necessary turn the SmartKey in
520. smitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty shift the transmission to position N if the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads If you switch off the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the automatic transmission shifts to neutral N automatically H Rolling in neutral N can damage the drive train D Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the indi vidual gears automatically when it is in trans mission position D This automatic gear shift ing behavior is determined by e the selected drive program gt page 167 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the road speed Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the auto matic transmission shifts gear e little throttle early upshifts e more throttle late upshifts Automatic transmission Double clutch function When shifting down the double clutch func tion is active regardless of the currently selec ted drive program The double clutch function reduces load change reactions and is condu cive to a sporty driving style The sound gen erated by the double clutch function depends on the drive program selected Kickdown Use kickdown for maxim
521. son you should always switch PEL TROa off the windshield wipers in dry weather gt Turn signal lamp lightly press the bulb into the bulb holder turn it counter clock wise and remove it from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Backup lamp remove the bulb from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder gt Re install bulb holder gt Turn fender nut 90 clockwise gt Insert the connector gt Close the side trim panel gt page 132 Lights and windshield wipers T 1 0 Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor Windshield wipers set to high sensitivity 4 Continuous wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast YW Single wipe amp To wipe the wind H Do not operate the windshield wipers shield using washer fluid when the windshield is dry as this could Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers ead gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corre sponding position Vehicles with a rain sensor in the or position the appropriate wiping fre quency is automatically set according to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wipers to
522. ssage appears in the multifunction display gt Shift the transmission to position D while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away gt Drive forwards and be ready to brake at all times Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the front border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select R Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display Driving systems ois As soon as the parking procedure is com plete the Park Assist Switched Off mes sage appears and a warning tone sounds The vehicle is now parked The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled when you depress the accelerator pedal Active Parking Assist no longer supports you with steering interventions and brake appli cations When Active Parking Assist is fin ished you must steer and brake again your self PARKTRONIC is still available Parking tips e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of th
523. ssist brakes automatically whilst the vehicle exits the parking space You are responsible for braking in good time gt Start the engine gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the turn signal in the direction you are pulling away gt Shift the transmission to position D or R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To exit a parking space using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist active Accelerate and brake Observe surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Pull away being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h when exit ing a parking space Otherwise Active Park ing Assist will be canceled gt Depending on the message or as required shift the transmission to position D or R Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist active Accelerate and brake Observe surroundings message appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away If you back up after activation the steering wheel is moved to the stra
524. st system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not damaged e when the jumper cables are connected to the battery uninsulated sections of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal sections e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Make sure that the ignition is switched off gt page 157 Allindicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off When using the SmartKey turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it gt page 157 gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device Towing and tow starting at gt Slide cover of positive terminal
525. st workshop If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two condi
526. st workshop staring oe Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected lr Roadside Assistance e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and discon
527. sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle inte rior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Only for vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Z WARNING At high speeds the raised sliding sunroof auto matically lowers slightly at the rear This could trap you or other persons There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody reaches into the sweep of the sliding sunroof whilst the vehicle is in motion If somebody becomes trapped immediately pull back the sliding sunroof switch The slid ing sunroof lifts during opening Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only a
528. switch on if e an air bag is deployed or e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill The hazard warning lamps switch off auto matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full brake application The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off General notes Lights and windshield wipers E Cornering light function You can use this function to set the head lamps to change between low beam and high beam automatically The system recognizes vehicles with their lights on either approach ing from the opposite direction or traveling in front of your vehicle and consequently switches the headlamps from high beam to low beam es Exterior lighting The system automatically adapts the low Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist beam headlamp range depending on the dis on off tance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reac oe tivates the high beam headlamps gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display lights up if it is dark and the gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control Pane light sensor activates the low beam head Important s
529. t Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions The recommended tire pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar Additionally a tire pressure table is attached to the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored gt Also observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 361 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe A or W button on the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the OK button gt Press the A or Y Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message appears in the multifunction display button to select Loading the vehicle ca If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the A or W button to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After a teach in period
530. t Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lights with a wet sponge anda mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the mirror turn signals H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge and mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning AIRPANEL H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer Vehicles with AIRPANEL have shutters in the radiator trim If the vehicle is very dusty the adjustment range of the shutters may be restricted The actuation mechanics of the radiator trim must then be cleaned with a power washer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Shutters Q open automatically after approximately 120 seconds gt Clean the location points of shutters in the radiator trim with a power washer Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the pow
531. t draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win dow defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press the RE rocker switch up or down The indicator lamp above the G rocker switch lights up or goes out Problem The rear window defroster has deactiva ted prematurely or can not be activated Operating the climate control systems p Problems with the rear window defroster Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery has not been sufficiently charged gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps interior lighting or the seat heating When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again General notes You can also temporarily deactivate the flow of fresh air manually if unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from outside The air already inside the vehicle will then be recir culated If you switch on air recirculation mode the windows can fog up more quickly in particu lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu lation mode briefly to prevent the windows from fogging up Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ign
532. t page 243 are shown in green Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use gt To switch off press button Indicator lamp Q goes out Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated The Lane Keeping Assist Off message appears in the mul tifunction display Selecting Standard or Adaptive setting gt Inthe DriveAssist menu on the on board computer select the Lane Keeping Assist function gt page 246 gt Select Standard or Adaptive Standard When Standardis selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you Switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP Adaptive When Adaptive is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly Driving systems Ea The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system r
533. t for the display of the contents is that the following functions are available in the vehicle and are switched on On board computer and displays Multifunction display Drive program gt page 166 Transmission position gt page 166 Display panel for display messages menus and menu lists The head up display allows the driver to see Time all of the information without having to take his eyes off the road e Navigation e DISTRONIC PLUS e Cruise control Outside temperature gt page 231 Additional speedometer gt page 248 Important safety notes The unit displayed in additional speedometer n a aa aa a a a aa a e in the multifunction display is inverse to The head up display is only an aid and is not a the speedometer unit in the instrument clus Substitute for attentive driving ter The visibility of the head up display is influ gt To call up the menu list in display panel Ce4 by the following conditions press the button on the steering e the driver s seat position wheel e the positioning of the display image Display panel shows the selected menu the general ambient light or submenu and display messages e sunglasses with polarization filters The following messages may appear in the wet roads multifunction display e blocking of sunlight by objects on the dis t Gearshift recommendation when play cover shifting manually auto
534. t of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Climate control regulates the temperature and air humidity in the vehicle interior The interior filter cleans the air thus improving the interior climate The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning Optimum climate control is only ach ieved with the side windows and roof closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 149 Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con venience opening feature gt page 98 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most
535. t qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop and go traffic gt Signal type Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt gt The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action Further information on PRE SAFE Brake gt page 74 For further information about the distance warning function of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 69 P On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster S E Warning gt Signal type a indicator Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions 5 lamp 0 gt The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit Som g The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the 2 tires E A WARNING oO With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the following hazards S e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire 2 traction 6 e the driving characteristics as well as steering and bra
536. t rolling away H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if all of the following conditions are fulfilled e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the electric parking brake is released e the transmission is in position D Ror N e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Driving systems Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until Q appears in the multifunction dis play The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal If depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate and the transmission is in position D or R e the transmission is in position P e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until Q disap pears from the multif
537. t theft gt To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey If the alarm stays on for more than or KEYLESS GO 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm sys system automatically sends a message to tem is armed after approximately the Customer Assistance Center This is 15 seconds done either by text message or data con gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the nection The emergency call system sends gt SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the message or data provided that g or e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser oO gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock vice e the mbrace service has been activated A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the properly alarm system is armed and you open e the necessary mobile phone network is e a door available e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the trunk lid e the hood gt Toturn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the g or button on the SmartKey The alarm is switched off or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The Smart Key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dash board The SmartKey must be inside the veh
538. t workshop The left or right front side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The exterior lighting is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sensor is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions OE The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds Switch Off Lights gt Turn the light switch to auto Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty Assist Inoperative visit a qualified specialist workshop Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoper Assist Currently ative Possible causes are Unavailable See e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty Operator s Manual e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog gt Clean the windshield If the system detects that the camera is fully operational display message Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available is dis played Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again i On board computer and displays
539. tKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Exterior lighting ie Lights and windshield wipers E fa Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers ted Parking lamps Hl If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the gt 00 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the lt right or the p left standing lamp gt To switch on turn the light switch to z
540. tandard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Introduction es The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at an
541. tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt page 397 General information Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 171 If you unlock lock the vehicle from the out side the fuel filler flap also unlocks locks The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed E in the instrument cluster The arrow next to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehicle Opening the fuel filler flap of To open the fuel filler flap To insert the fuel filler cap Tire pressure table Fuel type to be used gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO start func tion or KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed Refueling gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow 1 The fuel filler flap swings up gt Turn the fuel filler flap counter clockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder on the inside of fuel filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Closing the fuel f
542. tant safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 66 Z WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Driving safety systems Safety Z WARNING The distance warning function cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 245 If the distance warning function is not activa ted the 5 symbol appears in the assis tance graphics display The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning f
543. tched off The vehicle may otherwise be damaged H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the unintentional opening of the trunk e using a car wash e using a power washer Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 10 ft 3 m away from the vehicle H Make sure that the automatic transmis sion is in neutral position N when washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash The vehicle may otherwise be damaged e Operating with the SmartKey Do not remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Do not open the driver s door when the engine is switched off or at very low speeds Otherwise when in transmission position D or R the auto matic transmission will automatically switch to park position P and block the wheels Operating with the Start Stop button Do not open the driver s door when the engine is switched off or at very low speeds Otherwise when in transmission position D or R the automatic transmis sion will automatically switch to park position P and block the wheels Observe the following to make sure that the automatic transmission stays in position N neutral Operating with the SmartKey gt Make sure that the ignition is switched on gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift to neutral N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake if nec
544. te to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e do not warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center c
545. ted if the rear window defroster is switched on and the outside temperature is low Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 30 mph 47 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Setting the exterior mirrors If the battery has been disconnected or com pletely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Automatic Mirror Folding function in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically If the Automatic Mirror Folding function is activated in COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate COMAND or Audio 20 operating instructions e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the out side e the exterior mirrors fold out automatically again as soon as you unlock the vehicle If the exterior mirrors have been folded in manually they do not fold out Exterior mirror pushed out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows
546. tem suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 51 Children in the vehicle cs A Y q N Ea Children in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking t
547. ter indicates the engine s overrewving range The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display gt page 233 Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay Multifunction display Z WARNING Right control panel Opening the hood when the engine is over Left control panel heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases 6 Displays and operation On board computer and displays gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Left control panel A A EVA e Calls up the main menu Press briefly e Scrolls in lists e Selects a menu or function e In the Radio Media menu opens the track or station list and selects an audio track or video scene e In the Telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or a telephone number Press and hold e Rapid scrolling in all lists e In the Radio Media menu se
548. that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult either the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Alterna tively a person of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 59 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger se
549. the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource a Cockpit s ae E T 32 a Instrument cluster 0 0 0 0 eee 33 Multifunction steering wheel Some CenternconSoletere ste 36 S Overhead control panel 38 Ddo Door control panel cceeceees 39 z 32 Cockpit Cockpit 1010 lO Ooo 0 Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Horn Instrument cluster DIRECT SELECT lever Climate control systems Overhead control panel Control panel for COMAND and vehicle functions Ignition lock Start Stop button Adjusts the steering wheel Cruise control lever 169 126 33 164 138 38 36 i57 iS 115 184 000 Function Electric parking brake Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Light switch Control panel for Activating Steering Assist Switching on Active Lane Keeping Assist Deactivating PARKTRONIC Switching on 360 camera Switching on the head up display Vehicles without a driver assistance system map coin holder 194 224 199 2 233 Instrument cluster 33 Displays At a glance P a Po re Function Page Fu
550. the relevant wheels before mounting the snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality exh is If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 386 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate reg ulations if you wish to mount snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h e On vehicles with AIRMATIC you must drive at raised vehicle level if snow chains have been installed gt page 197 You may wish to deactivate ESP when pull ing away with snow chains installed gt page 72 You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner achieving an increased driving force cutting action Important safety notes A WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving charact
551. the steering intervention is not sufficient to bring the vehi cle back to the lane In such cases you must steer the vehicle yourself to ensure that it does not leave the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road The system is switched to passive and no lon ger assists you by performing steering inter ventions if e you actively change lane e you switch on the turn signal e take your hands off the steering wheel or do not steer for a prolonged period of time After you have finished changing lanes Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are auto matically active again Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot provide as
552. the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If you drive off while the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is making adjustments you could lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always wait until the adjustment process is complete before driving off The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate Audio 20 COMAND operating instructions Position of the steering wheel and the driver s seat when the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is active The steering wheel tilts upwards and the driv er s seat moves backwards if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door KEYLESS GO must be in position 1 e with the SmartKey open the driver s door the SmartKey must be in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock gt page 157 e open the driver s door when the ignition is switched off The steering wheel only tilts upwards if the driving position is stored after the seat or steering wheel has been adjusted gt page 121 The most recent driving position of the steer ing wheel is stored if e the ignition is switched off e the setting is stored with the memory func tion gt page 121 The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached th
553. ther conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a Sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Press button Indicator lamp lights up The Lane Keeping Assist On message appears in the multifunction display If all conditions have been satisfied there may be a warn ing If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display g
554. ther such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving gt The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station gt The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion In addition the 4 Check Engine warning lamp may light up The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop gt The red coolant warning lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant temperature gage is at the start of the bar display The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gage is defective The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop rs On board computer and displays ae Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Warni
555. ting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock The color brightness and display lamp for the ambient lighting may be set using COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate operating instructions Automatic interior lighting control gt To activate deactivate press the a button When the automatic interior lighting con trol is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock This delayed switch off can be adjusted using COMAND or Audio 20 see the separate Operator s Manual Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on off press the gt button gt To switch the interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the 4 button Interior lighting fea Interior lighting Lights and windshield wipers 4 ea Changing bulbs vehicles with halogen headlamps Lights and windshield wipers The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warni
556. tion as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This b gt Seats steering wheel and mirrors 7 Seats steering wheel and mirrors poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see Interior care e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat c
557. tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Introduction Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell
558. tivated sive Automatic engine switch off If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational when e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The HOLD function can also be activated if the engine has been switched off automatically It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic stop phase When you depress the accelerator pedal the engine starts automatically and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated The engine can be switched off automatically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession Automatic engine start The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e you switch to drive program S e in transmission position D or N th
559. to select the Telephone menu gt Confirm by pressing OK on the steering wheel gt Press the g redial memory gt Press the W or A button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK ing or gt To exit the redial memory press the or button button to switch to the Assistance graphic menu gt Use on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus gt Pressthe W or A button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Assistance Graphic menu gt Confirm by pressing wheel The multifunction display shows the DISTRONIC PLUS distance display in the assistance graphic gt Press W to display the ATTEN TION ASSIST assessment The assistance graphic displays the status of and information from the following driving systems or driving safety systems e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 191 e Distance warning and the autonomous braking function COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 245 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 74 e Blind Spot Assist gt page 217 or Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 221 OK on the steering button to start dial Fe On board computer and displays a Menus and submenus On board computer and displays e ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 216 e Lane Keeping Assist gt page 219 or
560. trol 3 zone automatic climate control The following contains instructions and rec ommendations to enable you to get the most out of your 3 zone automatic climate control e Activate climate control using the rocker switch The indicator lamp above the auto rocker switch lights up The Cool ing with air dehumidification function is not activated automatically in automatic mode If necessary activate this function gt page 143 Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deac tivated with the ignition switched off The residual heat function is switched off when the ignition is switched on AUTO AGILITY SELECT switch You can choose between various drive pro grams with the AGILITY SELECT switch gt page 167 If you have selected the drive program E the climate control switches to Eco mode In Eco mode e the cooling output is reduced when cooling e when heating the electrical heater booster is deactivated and
561. trol is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accel erate to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking Driving systems ee Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you engage the electric parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately five seconds When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front Vehi cles are detected with the aid of the radar sensor system DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Driving and parking ea Driving systems __ Driving and parking Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially important if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load
562. ts e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption Overinflated tires A WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e increase the braking distance e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e be more susceptible to damage Maximum tire pressures Example maximum permissible tire pres sure Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 361 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the notes on tire pressure gt page 361 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the cor
563. ts up PARKTRONIC is deactivated Active Parking Assist is then also deactivated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock ad Driving systems E Driving and parking Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is then deactivated and the indicator lamp on the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is then deactivated ultrasound waves Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 334 gt Switch the ignition back on The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Active Parking Assist General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention and brake application can assist you during parking and when exit ing a parking space You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 199 Important sa
564. tton Q twice when in this position gt To switch on the ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The ignition is switched on The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q once when in this position Start Stop button USA Start Stop button Canada Starting the engine _ Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation A WARNING Flammable materials introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engi
565. u drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some coun tries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obli gations Symmetrical low beam headlamps Switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road from the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents glare to oncoming traffic When using sym metrical lights the edge of the road is not lit as widely and as far ahead as normal Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Asymmetrical low beam Have the headlamps converted back to asym metrical low beam headlamps at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible after crossing the border again Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 126 e the on board computer gt page 247 Light switch Operation 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 Pe Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the
566. u or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner You can also use the C Class Guide smart phone App Apple iOS Android Please note that the Mercedes Benz Guides App may not yet be available in your country The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 2055844601 MI UUIMIIDININULINUUAIAUIGT NW Ata glance Bee 31 Safely conenecsnpnn anann anen 41 Opening and closing 0608 79 Seats steering wheel and mirrors 107 Lights and windshield wipers 123 Climate control 0 0 ce 137 Driving and parking eee 155 On board computer a
567. u will not be able to complete the next change of direction if you stay in this lane Possible lane you will be able to complete the next change of direction in this lane only Recommended lane in this lane you will be able to complete the next change of direc tion and the one after that Change of direction without lane recom mendation Benz Drive Pont Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change of direction symbol When achange of direction is to be made you will see symbol 8 for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction The change of direction starts once the distance display reaches zero Change of direction with lane recommen dation POT Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change of direction symbol Lane recommendation Other status indicators of the naviga tion system Direction of Destination M Area of Dest Reached Additional information Other possible additional information e New Route orCalculating Route A new route is calculated Off Mapped Road The vehicle position is inside the area of the digital map but the road is not recognized e g non pav
568. ully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The vehicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driving style Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing weather conditions You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 361 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 360 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 360 Driving systems Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive stands for innovative driver assistance and safety sys tems which enhance comfort and support the driver in critical situations With these intelli gent co ordinated systems Mercedes Benz has set a milestone on the path towards autonomous driving Mercedes Benz Intelligent
569. um acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up Rocking the vehicle free Rocking the vehicle free by shifting back and forth between transmission positions D and R can help to free a vehicle that has become stuck in mud or snow The vehicle s engine management restricts switching between transmission positions D and R to speeds up to a maximum of 5 mph 9 km h To shift back and forth between transmission positions D and R move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down past the point of resist ance AGILITY SELECT switch Use the AGILITY SELECT switch to change the drive program Depending on the drive pro gram selected the following vehicle charac teristics will change e the drive engine and transmission man agement e the suspension e the steering E Driving and parking Automatic transmission L Driving and parking e the availability of the ECO start stop func tion gt page 161 e the climate control settings Dual zone automatic climate control gt page 140 vehicles for Canada three zone auto matic climate control gt page 142 e the rear window defroster operation period gt page 148 e the performance of the seat heating gt page 112 Each time you start the e
570. unction display e you secure the vehicle using the electric parking brake e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake The HOLD function is then deacti vated The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if the HOLD function is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless itis auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If a malfunction occurs then the transmission may be shifted into position P automatically ing E Driving and park AIRMATIC General notes AIRMATIC is an air suspension with variable damping for improved driving comfort All round level control ensures the best possible suspension and constant ground clearance even with a laden vehicle When you drive fast the vehicle is lowered automatically to improve driving safety and to reduce fuel con sumption There is also the option to manually adjust the vehicle level AIRMATIC consists of level setting level control and the Adaptive Damping System ADS The vehicle level can be set using the AGILITY SELECT switch gt page 167 or the level but ton gt page 198 The setting always corre sponds to the last selected function Important safety notes Z WARNING When the vehicle is
571. unction warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the system to display a warning With the help of the radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 44 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles If you approach an obstacle and the distance warning function detects a risk of a collision the system will initially alert you both visually and acoustically Autonomous braking function If the driver does not react to the distance warning signal in a critical situation COLLI SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assist with the autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function e gives the driver more time to react to criti cal driving situations e can help the driver to avoid an accident or e reduces the effects of an accident Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS the autonomous braking function is available in the
572. ur years at a qualified specialist work shop Battery vehicle Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal and installing You should therefore Battery vehicle ES have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stability Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 66 and gt page 71 Z WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing
573. ushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating mate rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged The rear compartment head restraints can be removed gt page 112 Vehicles without the through loading fea ture the head restraints cannot be removed from the rear compartment seats For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Further related subjects e Rear bench seat through loading feature gt page 301 Electrically adjustable seats with memory function Head restraint height Backrest angle Seat height Seat cushion length Seat cushion angle Seat fore and aft adjustment Further related subjects e You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 121 e If PRE SAFE is triggered the front passenger seat will be moved to a better position if it was previously in an unfav orable position gt page 58 Electrically adjustable seats without memory function Backrest angle Seat height Seat cushion length Seat cushion angle Seat fore and aft adjustment Important sa
574. ustic collision warning If you switch on the turn signals to change lanes and a vehicle is detected in the side monitoring range you receive a visual and acoustic collision warning You will then hear a double warning tone and red warning lamp Q flashes If the turn signal remains on detected vehicles are indicated by the flash ing of red warning lamp Q There are no fur ther warning tones Course correcting brake application If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a lateral collision in the monitoring range a course correcting brake application is carried out This is meant to assist you in avoiding a collision Z WARNING A course correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course correcting brake appli b gt E Driving and parking ee Driving systems Driving and parking cation Always maintain a safe distance at the sides If a course correcting brake application occurs red warning lamp Q flashes in the exterior mirror and a dual warning tone sounds In addition display underlining the danger of a side collision appears in the multifunction display In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application A course correcting brake application may be interrup ted at any time if you steer slightly in the oppo
575. vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children Z WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten tionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock H Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of the SmartKey Vehicles with KEYLESS GO start function do not keep the SmartKey on the parcel shelf or in the trunk Otherwise the SmartKey may not be detected e g when starting the engine using the Start Stop button Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when starting the engine e whilst driving e when the external door handles are touched e during convenience closing PUTED Locks the vehicle Opens closes the trunk
576. vel has dropped to the minimum level gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 325 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 326 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The engine oil level is too low There is a risk of engine damage gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 174 gt Check the engine oil level gt page 325 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 326 The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Driving systems D
577. when the sliding sunroof is raised or closed You can continue to operate the sliding sun roof after switching off the engine or remov ing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function is available for up to five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened Resetting H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed fully after resetting con tact a qualified specialist workshop Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear gt page 102 gt Keep the E second gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof can be fully opened and closed again gt page 102 gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again switch pressed for another Sliding sunroof Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can only be operated when the roller sunblind is open gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press or pull the E switch in the corre sponding direction If you press or pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing or pulling again If the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is rais
578. workshop Automatic control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Set the desired temperature using the V A rocker switch on the front control unit or gt Set the desired temperature using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt To activate press rocker switch auto up or down The indicator lamp above the auro rocker switch lights up gt To switch to manual operation press the 4 rocker switch up or down Norr or gt Set the airflow using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions or gt Press the top or bottom section of the 7 4 rocker switch or gt Set the air distribution using Audio 20 COMAND see the separate operating instructions The indicator lamp above the switch goes out M auTo rocker In automatic mode if you adjust the airflow or air distribution manually the indicator lamp above the auto rocker switch goes out The function which has not been changed man ually however continues to be controlled automatically When the manually set func tion switches back to automatic mode the indicator lamp above the auto rocker switch lights up again This function is only available with 3 zone automatic climate control on vehicles for Canada In automatic mode you can select the follow ing ai
579. x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm Wheels FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm Wheels FA 7 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 22 in 56 5 mm FA 7 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 3 Additional measures necessary additional wheel arch extension on rear wheel arch Wheel and tire combinations Ea All weather tires R 17 Tires Wheels BA 225 50 R17 94 H BA 7 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm R 18 Tires Wheels FA 225 45 R18 95 H XL FA 7 5 x 18 H2 RA 245 40 R18 97 H XL2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 RA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 T Wheel offset 1 93 in 49 mm 2 p Winter tires R17 2 Tires Wheels BA 225 50 R17 94H M S A BA 7 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm m E Tires Wheels BA 225 45 R18 95 H XL M S Ay BA 7 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm C 300 4MATIC Summer tires R17 Tires Wheels BA 225 50 R17 94 W BA 7 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 91 in 48 5 mm 2 Available as MOExtended __ Wheels and tires R18 Tires FA 225 45 R18 95 Y XL RA 245 40 R18 97
580. y authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly noti
581. y Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height Make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e Never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e Do not lie under the vehicle e Do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised iants can be installed Pas ide Alloy wheel with plastic hub cap Vehicles with plastic hub cap gt To remove turn the center cover of hub cap Q counter clockwise and remove gt To install before installing ensure that hub cap Q isin the open position To do so turn the center cover counter clockwise gt Put hub cap in position and turn the center cover clockwise until you feel and hear hub cap Q engage gt Make sure that hub cap Q is installed securely Pd WI Alloy wheel with aluminum hub cap Vehicles with aluminum hub cap E Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Changing a wheel gt To remove take socket 2 and lug wrench from the vehicle tool kit gt page 340 gt Position socket 2 on hub cap a gt Attach lug wrench to socket and loosen hub cap Q counter clockwise gt Remove hub cap 1 gt To install before installing check hub cap Q and the wheel area for soiling and clean if necessary gt Put hub cap 4 in position and turn until it is ees in the right position The jacking points are
582. y released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Warm up the engine quickly Do not use the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train SmartKey positions SmartKey 0 To remove the SmartKey 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 To start the engine The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started Vehicles with AIRPANEL you can open the shutters in the radiator trim by turning the key to position 2 in the ignition lock After approximately 120 seconds the shutters open automatically Further information on opening and cleaning the shutters gt page 334 Start Stop button General notes Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs fo
583. y the position of the accelerator pedal You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS when stationary The lowest speed that can be setis 20 mph 30 km h gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up 4 or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected Activating at the current speed last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS Pulling away and driving gt If you want to pull away with DISTRONIC PLUS remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If no Driving systems a vehicle is detected in front your vehicle accelerates to the set speed The vehicle can
584. y gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Q Environmental note Mf Batteries contain dangerous substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe S ba Battery vehicle cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e secure the vehicle to prevent it from roll ing away e you switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey Make sure the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e the tr
585. ystem can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Maintenance and care Example gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark 3 or below add 1 0 of engine oil gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter of engine oil Adding engine oil A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Engine compartment Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it

C-Class - Mercedes Benz USA

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents